blob: 84ef6a90131c2ea44410f9f3c53f6b56a499bfe5 [file] [log] [blame]
Takashi Iwai5f8206c2009-02-09 08:50:43 +01001<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
2<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
3 "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004
5<!-- ****************************************************** -->
6<!-- Header -->
7<!-- ****************************************************** -->
Takashi Iwai5f8206c2009-02-09 08:50:43 +01008<book id="Writing-an-ALSA-Driver">
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07009 <bookinfo>
10 <title>Writing an ALSA Driver</title>
11 <author>
12 <firstname>Takashi</firstname>
13 <surname>Iwai</surname>
14 <affiliation>
15 <address>
16 <email>tiwai@suse.de</email>
17 </address>
18 </affiliation>
19 </author>
20
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +020021 <date>Oct 15, 2007</date>
Clemens Ladischd1761d12007-09-10 08:05:19 +020022 <edition>0.3.7</edition>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -070023
24 <abstract>
25 <para>
26 This document describes how to write an ALSA (Advanced Linux
27 Sound Architecture) driver.
28 </para>
29 </abstract>
30
31 <legalnotice>
32 <para>
Takashi Iwai7c22f1a2005-10-10 11:46:31 +020033 Copyright (c) 2002-2005 Takashi Iwai <email>tiwai@suse.de</email>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -070034 </para>
35
36 <para>
37 This document is free; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
38 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
39 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
40 (at your option) any later version.
41 </para>
42
43 <para>
44 This document is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
45 but <emphasis>WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY</emphasis>; without even the
46 implied warranty of <emphasis>MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
47 PARTICULAR PURPOSE</emphasis>. See the GNU General Public License
48 for more details.
49 </para>
50
51 <para>
52 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
53 License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
54 Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
55 MA 02111-1307 USA
56 </para>
57 </legalnotice>
58
59 </bookinfo>
60
61<!-- ****************************************************** -->
62<!-- Preface -->
63<!-- ****************************************************** -->
64 <preface id="preface">
65 <title>Preface</title>
66 <para>
67 This document describes how to write an
68 <ulink url="http://www.alsa-project.org/"><citetitle>
69 ALSA (Advanced Linux Sound Architecture)</citetitle></ulink>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +020070 driver. The document focuses mainly on PCI soundcards.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -070071 In the case of other device types, the API might
72 be different, too. However, at least the ALSA kernel API is
73 consistent, and therefore it would be still a bit help for
74 writing them.
75 </para>
76
77 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +020078 This document targets people who already have enough
79 C language skills and have basic linux kernel programming
80 knowledge. This document doesn't explain the general
81 topic of linux kernel coding and doesn't cover low-level
82 driver implementation details. It only describes
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -070083 the standard way to write a PCI sound driver on ALSA.
84 </para>
85
86 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +020087 If you are already familiar with the older ALSA ver.0.5.x API, you
88 can check the drivers such as <filename>sound/pci/es1938.c</filename> or
89 <filename>sound/pci/maestro3.c</filename> which have also almost the same
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -070090 code-base in the ALSA 0.5.x tree, so you can compare the differences.
91 </para>
92
93 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +020094 This document is still a draft version. Any feedback and
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -070095 corrections, please!!
96 </para>
97 </preface>
98
99
100<!-- ****************************************************** -->
101<!-- File Tree Structure -->
102<!-- ****************************************************** -->
103 <chapter id="file-tree">
104 <title>File Tree Structure</title>
105
106 <section id="file-tree-general">
107 <title>General</title>
108 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200109 The ALSA drivers are provided in two ways.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700110 </para>
111
112 <para>
113 One is the trees provided as a tarball or via cvs from the
114 ALSA's ftp site, and another is the 2.6 (or later) Linux kernel
115 tree. To synchronize both, the ALSA driver tree is split into
116 two different trees: alsa-kernel and alsa-driver. The former
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200117 contains purely the source code for the Linux 2.6 (or later)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700118 tree. This tree is designed only for compilation on 2.6 or
119 later environment. The latter, alsa-driver, contains many subtle
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200120 files for compiling ALSA drivers outside of the Linux kernel tree,
121 wrapper functions for older 2.2 and 2.4 kernels, to adapt the latest kernel API,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700122 and additional drivers which are still in development or in
123 tests. The drivers in alsa-driver tree will be moved to
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200124 alsa-kernel (and eventually to the 2.6 kernel tree) when they are
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700125 finished and confirmed to work fine.
126 </para>
127
128 <para>
129 The file tree structure of ALSA driver is depicted below. Both
130 alsa-kernel and alsa-driver have almost the same file
131 structure, except for <quote>core</quote> directory. It's
132 named as <quote>acore</quote> in alsa-driver tree.
133
134 <example>
135 <title>ALSA File Tree Structure</title>
136 <literallayout>
137 sound
138 /core
139 /oss
140 /seq
141 /oss
142 /instr
143 /ioctl32
144 /include
145 /drivers
146 /mpu401
147 /opl3
148 /i2c
149 /l3
150 /synth
151 /emux
152 /pci
153 /(cards)
154 /isa
155 /(cards)
156 /arm
157 /ppc
158 /sparc
159 /usb
160 /pcmcia /(cards)
161 /oss
162 </literallayout>
163 </example>
164 </para>
165 </section>
166
167 <section id="file-tree-core-directory">
168 <title>core directory</title>
169 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200170 This directory contains the middle layer which is the heart
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700171 of ALSA drivers. In this directory, the native ALSA modules are
172 stored. The sub-directories contain different modules and are
173 dependent upon the kernel config.
174 </para>
175
176 <section id="file-tree-core-directory-oss">
177 <title>core/oss</title>
178
179 <para>
180 The codes for PCM and mixer OSS emulation modules are stored
181 in this directory. The rawmidi OSS emulation is included in
182 the ALSA rawmidi code since it's quite small. The sequencer
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200183 code is stored in <filename>core/seq/oss</filename> directory (see
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700184 <link linkend="file-tree-core-directory-seq-oss"><citetitle>
185 below</citetitle></link>).
186 </para>
187 </section>
188
189 <section id="file-tree-core-directory-ioctl32">
190 <title>core/ioctl32</title>
191
192 <para>
193 This directory contains the 32bit-ioctl wrappers for 64bit
194 architectures such like x86-64, ppc64 and sparc64. For 32bit
195 and alpha architectures, these are not compiled.
196 </para>
197 </section>
198
199 <section id="file-tree-core-directory-seq">
200 <title>core/seq</title>
201 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200202 This directory and its sub-directories are for the ALSA
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700203 sequencer. This directory contains the sequencer core and
204 primary sequencer modules such like snd-seq-midi,
205 snd-seq-virmidi, etc. They are compiled only when
206 <constant>CONFIG_SND_SEQUENCER</constant> is set in the kernel
207 config.
208 </para>
209 </section>
210
211 <section id="file-tree-core-directory-seq-oss">
212 <title>core/seq/oss</title>
213 <para>
214 This contains the OSS sequencer emulation codes.
215 </para>
216 </section>
217
218 <section id="file-tree-core-directory-deq-instr">
219 <title>core/seq/instr</title>
220 <para>
221 This directory contains the modules for the sequencer
222 instrument layer.
223 </para>
224 </section>
225 </section>
226
227 <section id="file-tree-include-directory">
228 <title>include directory</title>
229 <para>
230 This is the place for the public header files of ALSA drivers,
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200231 which are to be exported to user-space, or included by
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700232 several files at different directories. Basically, the private
233 header files should not be placed in this directory, but you may
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200234 still find files there, due to historical reasons :)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700235 </para>
236 </section>
237
238 <section id="file-tree-drivers-directory">
239 <title>drivers directory</title>
240 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200241 This directory contains code shared among different drivers
242 on different architectures. They are hence supposed not to be
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700243 architecture-specific.
244 For example, the dummy pcm driver and the serial MIDI
245 driver are found in this directory. In the sub-directories,
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200246 there is code for components which are independent from
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700247 bus and cpu architectures.
248 </para>
249
250 <section id="file-tree-drivers-directory-mpu401">
251 <title>drivers/mpu401</title>
252 <para>
253 The MPU401 and MPU401-UART modules are stored here.
254 </para>
255 </section>
256
257 <section id="file-tree-drivers-directory-opl3">
258 <title>drivers/opl3 and opl4</title>
259 <para>
260 The OPL3 and OPL4 FM-synth stuff is found here.
261 </para>
262 </section>
263 </section>
264
265 <section id="file-tree-i2c-directory">
266 <title>i2c directory</title>
267 <para>
268 This contains the ALSA i2c components.
269 </para>
270
271 <para>
272 Although there is a standard i2c layer on Linux, ALSA has its
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200273 own i2c code for some cards, because the soundcard needs only a
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700274 simple operation and the standard i2c API is too complicated for
275 such a purpose.
276 </para>
277
278 <section id="file-tree-i2c-directory-l3">
279 <title>i2c/l3</title>
280 <para>
281 This is a sub-directory for ARM L3 i2c.
282 </para>
283 </section>
284 </section>
285
286 <section id="file-tree-synth-directory">
287 <title>synth directory</title>
288 <para>
289 This contains the synth middle-level modules.
290 </para>
291
292 <para>
293 So far, there is only Emu8000/Emu10k1 synth driver under
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200294 the <filename>synth/emux</filename> sub-directory.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700295 </para>
296 </section>
297
298 <section id="file-tree-pci-directory">
299 <title>pci directory</title>
300 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200301 This directory and its sub-directories hold the top-level card modules
302 for PCI soundcards and the code specific to the PCI BUS.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700303 </para>
304
305 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200306 The drivers compiled from a single file are stored directly
307 in the pci directory, while the drivers with several source files are
308 stored on their own sub-directory (e.g. emu10k1, ice1712).
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700309 </para>
310 </section>
311
312 <section id="file-tree-isa-directory">
313 <title>isa directory</title>
314 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200315 This directory and its sub-directories hold the top-level card modules
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700316 for ISA soundcards.
317 </para>
318 </section>
319
320 <section id="file-tree-arm-ppc-sparc-directories">
321 <title>arm, ppc, and sparc directories</title>
322 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200323 They are used for top-level card modules which are
324 specific to one of these architectures.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700325 </para>
326 </section>
327
328 <section id="file-tree-usb-directory">
329 <title>usb directory</title>
330 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200331 This directory contains the USB-audio driver. In the latest version, the
332 USB MIDI driver is integrated in the usb-audio driver.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700333 </para>
334 </section>
335
336 <section id="file-tree-pcmcia-directory">
337 <title>pcmcia directory</title>
338 <para>
339 The PCMCIA, especially PCCard drivers will go here. CardBus
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200340 drivers will be in the pci directory, because their API is identical
341 to that of standard PCI cards.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700342 </para>
343 </section>
344
345 <section id="file-tree-oss-directory">
346 <title>oss directory</title>
347 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200348 The OSS/Lite source files are stored here in Linux 2.6 (or
349 later) tree. In the ALSA driver tarball, this directory is empty,
350 of course :)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700351 </para>
352 </section>
353 </chapter>
354
355
356<!-- ****************************************************** -->
357<!-- Basic Flow for PCI Drivers -->
358<!-- ****************************************************** -->
359 <chapter id="basic-flow">
360 <title>Basic Flow for PCI Drivers</title>
361
362 <section id="basic-flow-outline">
363 <title>Outline</title>
364 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200365 The minimum flow for PCI soundcards is as follows:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700366
367 <itemizedlist>
368 <listitem><para>define the PCI ID table (see the section
369 <link linkend="pci-resource-entries"><citetitle>PCI Entries
370 </citetitle></link>).</para></listitem>
371 <listitem><para>create <function>probe()</function> callback.</para></listitem>
372 <listitem><para>create <function>remove()</function> callback.</para></listitem>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200373 <listitem><para>create a <structname>pci_driver</structname> structure
374 containing the three pointers above.</para></listitem>
375 <listitem><para>create an <function>init()</function> function just calling
376 the <function>pci_register_driver()</function> to register the pci_driver table
377 defined above.</para></listitem>
378 <listitem><para>create an <function>exit()</function> function to call
379 the <function>pci_unregister_driver()</function> function.</para></listitem>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700380 </itemizedlist>
381 </para>
382 </section>
383
384 <section id="basic-flow-example">
385 <title>Full Code Example</title>
386 <para>
387 The code example is shown below. Some parts are kept
388 unimplemented at this moment but will be filled in the
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200389 next sections. The numbers in the comment lines of the
390 <function>snd_mychip_probe()</function> function
391 refer to details explained in the following section.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700392
393 <example>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200394 <title>Basic Flow for PCI Drivers - Example</title>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700395 <programlisting>
396<![CDATA[
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700397 #include <linux/init.h>
398 #include <linux/pci.h>
399 #include <linux/slab.h>
400 #include <sound/core.h>
401 #include <sound/initval.h>
402
403 /* module parameters (see "Module Parameters") */
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200404 /* SNDRV_CARDS: maximum number of cards supported by this module */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700405 static int index[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_IDX;
406 static char *id[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_STR;
Rusty Russella67ff6a2011-12-15 13:49:36 +1030407 static bool enable[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_ENABLE_PNP;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700408
409 /* definition of the chip-specific record */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +0100410 struct mychip {
411 struct snd_card *card;
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200412 /* the rest of the implementation will be in section
413 * "PCI Resource Management"
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +0200414 */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700415 };
416
417 /* chip-specific destructor
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200418 * (see "PCI Resource Management")
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700419 */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +0100420 static int snd_mychip_free(struct mychip *chip)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700421 {
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +0200422 .... /* will be implemented later... */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700423 }
424
425 /* component-destructor
426 * (see "Management of Cards and Components")
427 */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +0100428 static int snd_mychip_dev_free(struct snd_device *device)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700429 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +0100430 return snd_mychip_free(device->device_data);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700431 }
432
433 /* chip-specific constructor
434 * (see "Management of Cards and Components")
435 */
Takashi Iwai090015a2012-12-07 07:52:28 +0100436 static int snd_mychip_create(struct snd_card *card,
437 struct pci_dev *pci,
438 struct mychip **rchip)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700439 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +0100440 struct mychip *chip;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700441 int err;
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +0100442 static struct snd_device_ops ops = {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700443 .dev_free = snd_mychip_dev_free,
444 };
445
446 *rchip = NULL;
447
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +0200448 /* check PCI availability here
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200449 * (see "PCI Resource Management")
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +0200450 */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700451 ....
452
453 /* allocate a chip-specific data with zero filled */
Takashi Iwai561b2202005-09-09 14:22:34 +0200454 chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GFP_KERNEL);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700455 if (chip == NULL)
456 return -ENOMEM;
457
458 chip->card = card;
459
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +0200460 /* rest of initialization here; will be implemented
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200461 * later, see "PCI Resource Management"
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +0200462 */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700463 ....
464
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +0200465 err = snd_device_new(card, SNDRV_DEV_LOWLEVEL, chip, &ops);
466 if (err < 0) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700467 snd_mychip_free(chip);
468 return err;
469 }
470
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700471 *rchip = chip;
472 return 0;
473 }
474
475 /* constructor -- see "Constructor" sub-section */
Takashi Iwai090015a2012-12-07 07:52:28 +0100476 static int snd_mychip_probe(struct pci_dev *pci,
477 const struct pci_device_id *pci_id)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700478 {
479 static int dev;
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +0100480 struct snd_card *card;
481 struct mychip *chip;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700482 int err;
483
484 /* (1) */
485 if (dev >= SNDRV_CARDS)
486 return -ENODEV;
487 if (!enable[dev]) {
488 dev++;
489 return -ENOENT;
490 }
491
492 /* (2) */
Takashi Iwai393aa9c2014-01-29 12:51:12 +0100493 err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE,
494 0, &card);
Takashi Iwaid4533792008-12-28 16:45:34 +0100495 if (err < 0)
496 return err;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700497
498 /* (3) */
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +0200499 err = snd_mychip_create(card, pci, &chip);
500 if (err < 0) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700501 snd_card_free(card);
502 return err;
503 }
504
505 /* (4) */
506 strcpy(card->driver, "My Chip");
507 strcpy(card->shortname, "My Own Chip 123");
508 sprintf(card->longname, "%s at 0x%lx irq %i",
509 card->shortname, chip->ioport, chip->irq);
510
511 /* (5) */
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +0200512 .... /* implemented later */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700513
514 /* (6) */
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +0200515 err = snd_card_register(card);
516 if (err < 0) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700517 snd_card_free(card);
518 return err;
519 }
520
521 /* (7) */
522 pci_set_drvdata(pci, card);
523 dev++;
524 return 0;
525 }
526
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200527 /* destructor -- see the "Destructor" sub-section */
Takashi Iwai090015a2012-12-07 07:52:28 +0100528 static void snd_mychip_remove(struct pci_dev *pci)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700529 {
530 snd_card_free(pci_get_drvdata(pci));
531 pci_set_drvdata(pci, NULL);
532 }
533]]>
534 </programlisting>
535 </example>
536 </para>
537 </section>
538
539 <section id="basic-flow-constructor">
540 <title>Constructor</title>
541 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200542 The real constructor of PCI drivers is the <function>probe</function> callback.
543 The <function>probe</function> callback and other component-constructors which are called
Takashi Iwai090015a2012-12-07 07:52:28 +0100544 from the <function>probe</function> callback cannot be used with
545 the <parameter>__init</parameter> prefix
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700546 because any PCI device could be a hotplug device.
547 </para>
548
549 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200550 In the <function>probe</function> callback, the following scheme is often used.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700551 </para>
552
553 <section id="basic-flow-constructor-device-index">
554 <title>1) Check and increment the device index.</title>
555 <para>
556 <informalexample>
557 <programlisting>
558<![CDATA[
559 static int dev;
560 ....
561 if (dev >= SNDRV_CARDS)
562 return -ENODEV;
563 if (!enable[dev]) {
564 dev++;
565 return -ENOENT;
566 }
567]]>
568 </programlisting>
569 </informalexample>
570
571 where enable[dev] is the module option.
572 </para>
573
574 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200575 Each time the <function>probe</function> callback is called, check the
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700576 availability of the device. If not available, simply increment
577 the device index and returns. dev will be incremented also
578 later (<link
579 linkend="basic-flow-constructor-set-pci"><citetitle>step
580 7</citetitle></link>).
581 </para>
582 </section>
583
584 <section id="basic-flow-constructor-create-card">
585 <title>2) Create a card instance</title>
586 <para>
587 <informalexample>
588 <programlisting>
589<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +0100590 struct snd_card *card;
Takashi Iwaid4533792008-12-28 16:45:34 +0100591 int err;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700592 ....
Takashi Iwai393aa9c2014-01-29 12:51:12 +0100593 err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE,
594 0, &card);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700595]]>
596 </programlisting>
597 </informalexample>
598 </para>
599
600 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200601 The details will be explained in the section
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700602 <link linkend="card-management-card-instance"><citetitle>
603 Management of Cards and Components</citetitle></link>.
604 </para>
605 </section>
606
607 <section id="basic-flow-constructor-create-main">
608 <title>3) Create a main component</title>
609 <para>
610 In this part, the PCI resources are allocated.
611
612 <informalexample>
613 <programlisting>
614<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +0100615 struct mychip *chip;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700616 ....
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +0200617 err = snd_mychip_create(card, pci, &chip);
618 if (err < 0) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700619 snd_card_free(card);
620 return err;
621 }
622]]>
623 </programlisting>
624 </informalexample>
625
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200626 The details will be explained in the section <link
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700627 linkend="pci-resource"><citetitle>PCI Resource
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200628 Management</citetitle></link>.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700629 </para>
630 </section>
631
632 <section id="basic-flow-constructor-main-component">
633 <title>4) Set the driver ID and name strings.</title>
634 <para>
635 <informalexample>
636 <programlisting>
637<![CDATA[
638 strcpy(card->driver, "My Chip");
639 strcpy(card->shortname, "My Own Chip 123");
640 sprintf(card->longname, "%s at 0x%lx irq %i",
641 card->shortname, chip->ioport, chip->irq);
642]]>
643 </programlisting>
644 </informalexample>
645
646 The driver field holds the minimal ID string of the
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200647 chip. This is used by alsa-lib's configurator, so keep it
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700648 simple but unique.
649 Even the same driver can have different driver IDs to
650 distinguish the functionality of each chip type.
651 </para>
652
653 <para>
654 The shortname field is a string shown as more verbose
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200655 name. The longname field contains the information
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700656 shown in <filename>/proc/asound/cards</filename>.
657 </para>
658 </section>
659
660 <section id="basic-flow-constructor-create-other">
661 <title>5) Create other components, such as mixer, MIDI, etc.</title>
662 <para>
663 Here you define the basic components such as
664 <link linkend="pcm-interface"><citetitle>PCM</citetitle></link>,
665 mixer (e.g. <link linkend="api-ac97"><citetitle>AC97</citetitle></link>),
666 MIDI (e.g. <link linkend="midi-interface"><citetitle>MPU-401</citetitle></link>),
667 and other interfaces.
668 Also, if you want a <link linkend="proc-interface"><citetitle>proc
669 file</citetitle></link>, define it here, too.
670 </para>
671 </section>
672
673 <section id="basic-flow-constructor-register-card">
674 <title>6) Register the card instance.</title>
675 <para>
676 <informalexample>
677 <programlisting>
678<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +0200679 err = snd_card_register(card);
680 if (err < 0) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700681 snd_card_free(card);
682 return err;
683 }
684]]>
685 </programlisting>
686 </informalexample>
687 </para>
688
689 <para>
690 Will be explained in the section <link
691 linkend="card-management-registration"><citetitle>Management
692 of Cards and Components</citetitle></link>, too.
693 </para>
694 </section>
695
696 <section id="basic-flow-constructor-set-pci">
697 <title>7) Set the PCI driver data and return zero.</title>
698 <para>
699 <informalexample>
700 <programlisting>
701<![CDATA[
702 pci_set_drvdata(pci, card);
703 dev++;
704 return 0;
705]]>
706 </programlisting>
707 </informalexample>
708
709 In the above, the card record is stored. This pointer is
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200710 used in the remove callback and power-management
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700711 callbacks, too.
712 </para>
713 </section>
714 </section>
715
716 <section id="basic-flow-destructor">
717 <title>Destructor</title>
718 <para>
719 The destructor, remove callback, simply releases the card
720 instance. Then the ALSA middle layer will release all the
721 attached components automatically.
722 </para>
723
724 <para>
725 It would be typically like the following:
726
727 <informalexample>
728 <programlisting>
729<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai090015a2012-12-07 07:52:28 +0100730 static void snd_mychip_remove(struct pci_dev *pci)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700731 {
732 snd_card_free(pci_get_drvdata(pci));
733 pci_set_drvdata(pci, NULL);
734 }
735]]>
736 </programlisting>
737 </informalexample>
738
739 The above code assumes that the card pointer is set to the PCI
740 driver data.
741 </para>
742 </section>
743
744 <section id="basic-flow-header-files">
745 <title>Header Files</title>
746 <para>
747 For the above example, at least the following include files
748 are necessary.
749
750 <informalexample>
751 <programlisting>
752<![CDATA[
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700753 #include <linux/init.h>
754 #include <linux/pci.h>
755 #include <linux/slab.h>
756 #include <sound/core.h>
757 #include <sound/initval.h>
758]]>
759 </programlisting>
760 </informalexample>
761
762 where the last one is necessary only when module options are
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200763 defined in the source file. If the code is split into several
764 files, the files without module options don't need them.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700765 </para>
766
767 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200768 In addition to these headers, you'll need
769 <filename>&lt;linux/interrupt.h&gt;</filename> for interrupt
770 handling, and <filename>&lt;asm/io.h&gt;</filename> for I/O
771 access. If you use the <function>mdelay()</function> or
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700772 <function>udelay()</function> functions, you'll need to include
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200773 <filename>&lt;linux/delay.h&gt;</filename> too.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700774 </para>
775
776 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200777 The ALSA interfaces like the PCM and control APIs are defined in other
778 <filename>&lt;sound/xxx.h&gt;</filename> header files.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700779 They have to be included after
780 <filename>&lt;sound/core.h&gt;</filename>.
781 </para>
782
783 </section>
784 </chapter>
785
786
787<!-- ****************************************************** -->
788<!-- Management of Cards and Components -->
789<!-- ****************************************************** -->
790 <chapter id="card-management">
791 <title>Management of Cards and Components</title>
792
793 <section id="card-management-card-instance">
794 <title>Card Instance</title>
795 <para>
796 For each soundcard, a <quote>card</quote> record must be allocated.
797 </para>
798
799 <para>
800 A card record is the headquarters of the soundcard. It manages
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200801 the whole list of devices (components) on the soundcard, such as
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700802 PCM, mixers, MIDI, synthesizer, and so on. Also, the card
803 record holds the ID and the name strings of the card, manages
804 the root of proc files, and controls the power-management states
805 and hotplug disconnections. The component list on the card
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200806 record is used to manage the correct release of resources at
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700807 destruction.
808 </para>
809
810 <para>
811 As mentioned above, to create a card instance, call
Takashi Iwai393aa9c2014-01-29 12:51:12 +0100812 <function>snd_card_new()</function>.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700813
814 <informalexample>
815 <programlisting>
816<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +0100817 struct snd_card *card;
Takashi Iwaid4533792008-12-28 16:45:34 +0100818 int err;
Takashi Iwai393aa9c2014-01-29 12:51:12 +0100819 err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index, id, module, extra_size, &card);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700820]]>
821 </programlisting>
822 </informalexample>
823 </para>
824
825 <para>
Takashi Iwai393aa9c2014-01-29 12:51:12 +0100826 The function takes six arguments: the parent device pointer,
827 the card-index number, the id string, the module pointer (usually
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700828 <constant>THIS_MODULE</constant>),
Takashi Iwaid4533792008-12-28 16:45:34 +0100829 the size of extra-data space, and the pointer to return the
830 card instance. The extra_size argument is used to
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700831 allocate card-&gt;private_data for the
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200832 chip-specific data. Note that these data
Takashi Iwai393aa9c2014-01-29 12:51:12 +0100833 are allocated by <function>snd_card_new()</function>.
834 </para>
835
836 <para>
837 The first argument, the pointer of struct
838 <structname>device</structname>, specifies the parent device.
839 For PCI devices, typically &amp;pci-&gt; is passed there.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700840 </para>
841 </section>
842
843 <section id="card-management-component">
844 <title>Components</title>
845 <para>
846 After the card is created, you can attach the components
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200847 (devices) to the card instance. In an ALSA driver, a component is
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +0100848 represented as a struct <structname>snd_device</structname> object.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700849 A component can be a PCM instance, a control interface, a raw
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200850 MIDI interface, etc. Each such instance has one component
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700851 entry.
852 </para>
853
854 <para>
855 A component can be created via
856 <function>snd_device_new()</function> function.
857
858 <informalexample>
859 <programlisting>
860<![CDATA[
861 snd_device_new(card, SNDRV_DEV_XXX, chip, &ops);
862]]>
863 </programlisting>
864 </informalexample>
865 </para>
866
867 <para>
868 This takes the card pointer, the device-level
869 (<constant>SNDRV_DEV_XXX</constant>), the data pointer, and the
870 callback pointers (<parameter>&amp;ops</parameter>). The
871 device-level defines the type of components and the order of
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200872 registration and de-registration. For most components, the
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700873 device-level is already defined. For a user-defined component,
874 you can use <constant>SNDRV_DEV_LOWLEVEL</constant>.
875 </para>
876
877 <para>
878 This function itself doesn't allocate the data space. The data
879 must be allocated manually beforehand, and its pointer is passed
Antonio Ospite04044b82013-01-29 12:56:27 +0100880 as the argument. This pointer (<parameter>chip</parameter> in the
881 above example) is used as the identifier for the instance.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700882 </para>
883
884 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200885 Each pre-defined ALSA component such as ac97 and pcm calls
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700886 <function>snd_device_new()</function> inside its
887 constructor. The destructor for each component is defined in the
888 callback pointers. Hence, you don't need to take care of
889 calling a destructor for such a component.
890 </para>
891
892 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200893 If you wish to create your own component, you need to
894 set the destructor function to the dev_free callback in
895 the <parameter>ops</parameter>, so that it can be released
896 automatically via <function>snd_card_free()</function>.
897 The next example will show an implementation of chip-specific
898 data.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700899 </para>
900 </section>
901
902 <section id="card-management-chip-specific">
903 <title>Chip-Specific Data</title>
904 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200905 Chip-specific information, e.g. the I/O port address, its
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700906 resource pointer, or the irq number, is stored in the
907 chip-specific record.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700908
909 <informalexample>
910 <programlisting>
911<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +0100912 struct mychip {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700913 ....
914 };
915]]>
916 </programlisting>
917 </informalexample>
918 </para>
919
920 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200921 In general, there are two ways of allocating the chip record.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700922 </para>
923
924 <section id="card-management-chip-specific-snd-card-new">
Takashi Iwai393aa9c2014-01-29 12:51:12 +0100925 <title>1. Allocating via <function>snd_card_new()</function>.</title>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700926 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200927 As mentioned above, you can pass the extra-data-length
Takashi Iwai393aa9c2014-01-29 12:51:12 +0100928 to the 5th argument of <function>snd_card_new()</function>, i.e.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700929
930 <informalexample>
931 <programlisting>
932<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai393aa9c2014-01-29 12:51:12 +0100933 err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE,
934 sizeof(struct mychip), &card);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700935]]>
936 </programlisting>
937 </informalexample>
938
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +0200939 struct <structname>mychip</structname> is the type of the chip record.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700940 </para>
941
942 <para>
943 In return, the allocated record can be accessed as
944
945 <informalexample>
946 <programlisting>
947<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai437a5a42006-11-21 12:14:23 +0100948 struct mychip *chip = card->private_data;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700949]]>
950 </programlisting>
951 </informalexample>
952
953 With this method, you don't have to allocate twice.
954 The record is released together with the card instance.
955 </para>
956 </section>
957
958 <section id="card-management-chip-specific-allocate-extra">
959 <title>2. Allocating an extra device.</title>
960
961 <para>
962 After allocating a card instance via
Takashi Iwai393aa9c2014-01-29 12:51:12 +0100963 <function>snd_card_new()</function> (with
Takashi Iwaid4533792008-12-28 16:45:34 +0100964 <constant>0</constant> on the 4th arg), call
Takashi Iwai561b2202005-09-09 14:22:34 +0200965 <function>kzalloc()</function>.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700966
967 <informalexample>
968 <programlisting>
969<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +0100970 struct snd_card *card;
971 struct mychip *chip;
Takashi Iwai393aa9c2014-01-29 12:51:12 +0100972 err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE,
973 0, &card);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700974 .....
Takashi Iwai561b2202005-09-09 14:22:34 +0200975 chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GFP_KERNEL);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700976]]>
977 </programlisting>
978 </informalexample>
979 </para>
980
981 <para>
982 The chip record should have the field to hold the card
983 pointer at least,
984
985 <informalexample>
986 <programlisting>
987<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +0100988 struct mychip {
989 struct snd_card *card;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700990 ....
991 };
992]]>
993 </programlisting>
994 </informalexample>
995 </para>
996
997 <para>
998 Then, set the card pointer in the returned chip instance.
999
1000 <informalexample>
1001 <programlisting>
1002<![CDATA[
1003 chip->card = card;
1004]]>
1005 </programlisting>
1006 </informalexample>
1007 </para>
1008
1009 <para>
1010 Next, initialize the fields, and register this chip
1011 record as a low-level device with a specified
1012 <parameter>ops</parameter>,
1013
1014 <informalexample>
1015 <programlisting>
1016<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001017 static struct snd_device_ops ops = {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001018 .dev_free = snd_mychip_dev_free,
1019 };
1020 ....
1021 snd_device_new(card, SNDRV_DEV_LOWLEVEL, chip, &ops);
1022]]>
1023 </programlisting>
1024 </informalexample>
1025
1026 <function>snd_mychip_dev_free()</function> is the
1027 device-destructor function, which will call the real
1028 destructor.
1029 </para>
1030
1031 <para>
1032 <informalexample>
1033 <programlisting>
1034<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001035 static int snd_mychip_dev_free(struct snd_device *device)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001036 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001037 return snd_mychip_free(device->device_data);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001038 }
1039]]>
1040 </programlisting>
1041 </informalexample>
1042
1043 where <function>snd_mychip_free()</function> is the real destructor.
1044 </para>
1045 </section>
1046 </section>
1047
1048 <section id="card-management-registration">
1049 <title>Registration and Release</title>
1050 <para>
1051 After all components are assigned, register the card instance
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001052 by calling <function>snd_card_register()</function>. Access
1053 to the device files is enabled at this point. That is, before
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001054 <function>snd_card_register()</function> is called, the
1055 components are safely inaccessible from external side. If this
1056 call fails, exit the probe function after releasing the card via
1057 <function>snd_card_free()</function>.
1058 </para>
1059
1060 <para>
1061 For releasing the card instance, you can call simply
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001062 <function>snd_card_free()</function>. As mentioned earlier, all
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001063 components are released automatically by this call.
1064 </para>
1065
1066 <para>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001067 For a device which allows hotplugging, you can use
Takashi Iwai2b29b132006-06-23 14:38:26 +02001068 <function>snd_card_free_when_closed</function>. This one will
1069 postpone the destruction until all devices are closed.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001070 </para>
1071
1072 </section>
1073
1074 </chapter>
1075
1076
1077<!-- ****************************************************** -->
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001078<!-- PCI Resource Management -->
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001079<!-- ****************************************************** -->
1080 <chapter id="pci-resource">
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001081 <title>PCI Resource Management</title>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001082
1083 <section id="pci-resource-example">
1084 <title>Full Code Example</title>
1085 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001086 In this section, we'll complete the chip-specific constructor,
1087 destructor and PCI entries. Example code is shown first,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001088 below.
1089
1090 <example>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001091 <title>PCI Resource Management Example</title>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001092 <programlisting>
1093<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001094 struct mychip {
1095 struct snd_card *card;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001096 struct pci_dev *pci;
1097
1098 unsigned long port;
1099 int irq;
1100 };
1101
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001102 static int snd_mychip_free(struct mychip *chip)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001103 {
1104 /* disable hardware here if any */
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02001105 .... /* (not implemented in this document) */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001106
1107 /* release the irq */
1108 if (chip->irq >= 0)
Takashi Iwai437a5a42006-11-21 12:14:23 +01001109 free_irq(chip->irq, chip);
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001110 /* release the I/O ports & memory */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001111 pci_release_regions(chip->pci);
1112 /* disable the PCI entry */
1113 pci_disable_device(chip->pci);
1114 /* release the data */
1115 kfree(chip);
1116 return 0;
1117 }
1118
1119 /* chip-specific constructor */
Takashi Iwai090015a2012-12-07 07:52:28 +01001120 static int snd_mychip_create(struct snd_card *card,
1121 struct pci_dev *pci,
1122 struct mychip **rchip)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001123 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001124 struct mychip *chip;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001125 int err;
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001126 static struct snd_device_ops ops = {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001127 .dev_free = snd_mychip_dev_free,
1128 };
1129
1130 *rchip = NULL;
1131
1132 /* initialize the PCI entry */
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02001133 err = pci_enable_device(pci);
1134 if (err < 0)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001135 return err;
1136 /* check PCI availability (28bit DMA) */
Yang Hongyang2c5510d2009-04-06 19:01:19 -07001137 if (pci_set_dma_mask(pci, DMA_BIT_MASK(28)) < 0 ||
1138 pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(pci, DMA_BIT_MASK(28)) < 0) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001139 printk(KERN_ERR "error to set 28bit mask DMA\n");
1140 pci_disable_device(pci);
1141 return -ENXIO;
1142 }
1143
Takashi Iwai561b2202005-09-09 14:22:34 +02001144 chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GFP_KERNEL);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001145 if (chip == NULL) {
1146 pci_disable_device(pci);
1147 return -ENOMEM;
1148 }
1149
1150 /* initialize the stuff */
1151 chip->card = card;
1152 chip->pci = pci;
1153 chip->irq = -1;
1154
1155 /* (1) PCI resource allocation */
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02001156 err = pci_request_regions(pci, "My Chip");
1157 if (err < 0) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001158 kfree(chip);
1159 pci_disable_device(pci);
1160 return err;
1161 }
1162 chip->port = pci_resource_start(pci, 0);
1163 if (request_irq(pci->irq, snd_mychip_interrupt,
Takashi Iwaice1fd362011-06-14 08:54:14 +02001164 IRQF_SHARED, KBUILD_MODNAME, chip)) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001165 printk(KERN_ERR "cannot grab irq %d\n", pci->irq);
1166 snd_mychip_free(chip);
1167 return -EBUSY;
1168 }
1169 chip->irq = pci->irq;
1170
1171 /* (2) initialization of the chip hardware */
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02001172 .... /* (not implemented in this document) */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001173
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02001174 err = snd_device_new(card, SNDRV_DEV_LOWLEVEL, chip, &ops);
1175 if (err < 0) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001176 snd_mychip_free(chip);
1177 return err;
1178 }
1179
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001180 *rchip = chip;
1181 return 0;
1182 }
1183
1184 /* PCI IDs */
Takashi Iwaif40b6892006-07-05 16:51:05 +02001185 static struct pci_device_id snd_mychip_ids[] = {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001186 { PCI_VENDOR_ID_FOO, PCI_DEVICE_ID_BAR,
1187 PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, 0, },
1188 ....
1189 { 0, }
1190 };
1191 MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(pci, snd_mychip_ids);
1192
1193 /* pci_driver definition */
1194 static struct pci_driver driver = {
Takashi Iwaice1fd362011-06-14 08:54:14 +02001195 .name = KBUILD_MODNAME,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001196 .id_table = snd_mychip_ids,
1197 .probe = snd_mychip_probe,
Takashi Iwai090015a2012-12-07 07:52:28 +01001198 .remove = snd_mychip_remove,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001199 };
1200
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001201 /* module initialization */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001202 static int __init alsa_card_mychip_init(void)
1203 {
Takashi Iwai01d25d42005-04-11 16:58:24 +02001204 return pci_register_driver(&driver);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001205 }
1206
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001207 /* module clean up */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001208 static void __exit alsa_card_mychip_exit(void)
1209 {
1210 pci_unregister_driver(&driver);
1211 }
1212
1213 module_init(alsa_card_mychip_init)
1214 module_exit(alsa_card_mychip_exit)
1215
1216 EXPORT_NO_SYMBOLS; /* for old kernels only */
1217]]>
1218 </programlisting>
1219 </example>
1220 </para>
1221 </section>
1222
1223 <section id="pci-resource-some-haftas">
1224 <title>Some Hafta's</title>
1225 <para>
1226 The allocation of PCI resources is done in the
1227 <function>probe()</function> function, and usually an extra
1228 <function>xxx_create()</function> function is written for this
Tobias Klauser56b146d2006-04-10 22:54:21 -07001229 purpose.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001230 </para>
1231
1232 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001233 In the case of PCI devices, you first have to call
1234 the <function>pci_enable_device()</function> function before
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001235 allocating resources. Also, you need to set the proper PCI DMA
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001236 mask to limit the accessed I/O range. In some cases, you might
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001237 need to call <function>pci_set_master()</function> function,
Tobias Klauser56b146d2006-04-10 22:54:21 -07001238 too.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001239 </para>
1240
1241 <para>
1242 Suppose the 28bit mask, and the code to be added would be like:
1243
1244 <informalexample>
1245 <programlisting>
1246<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02001247 err = pci_enable_device(pci);
1248 if (err < 0)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001249 return err;
Yang Hongyang2c5510d2009-04-06 19:01:19 -07001250 if (pci_set_dma_mask(pci, DMA_BIT_MASK(28)) < 0 ||
1251 pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(pci, DMA_BIT_MASK(28)) < 0) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001252 printk(KERN_ERR "error to set 28bit mask DMA\n");
1253 pci_disable_device(pci);
1254 return -ENXIO;
1255 }
1256
1257]]>
1258 </programlisting>
1259 </informalexample>
1260 </para>
1261 </section>
1262
1263 <section id="pci-resource-resource-allocation">
1264 <title>Resource Allocation</title>
1265 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001266 The allocation of I/O ports and irqs is done via standard kernel
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001267 functions. Unlike ALSA ver.0.5.x., there are no helpers for
1268 that. And these resources must be released in the destructor
1269 function (see below). Also, on ALSA 0.9.x, you don't need to
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001270 allocate (pseudo-)DMA for PCI like in ALSA 0.5.x.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001271 </para>
1272
1273 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001274 Now assume that the PCI device has an I/O port with 8 bytes
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001275 and an interrupt. Then struct <structname>mychip</structname> will have the
Tobias Klauser56b146d2006-04-10 22:54:21 -07001276 following fields:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001277
1278 <informalexample>
1279 <programlisting>
1280<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001281 struct mychip {
1282 struct snd_card *card;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001283
1284 unsigned long port;
1285 int irq;
1286 };
1287]]>
1288 </programlisting>
1289 </informalexample>
1290 </para>
1291
1292 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001293 For an I/O port (and also a memory region), you need to have
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001294 the resource pointer for the standard resource management. For
1295 an irq, you have to keep only the irq number (integer). But you
1296 need to initialize this number as -1 before actual allocation,
1297 since irq 0 is valid. The port address and its resource pointer
1298 can be initialized as null by
Takashi Iwai561b2202005-09-09 14:22:34 +02001299 <function>kzalloc()</function> automatically, so you
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001300 don't have to take care of resetting them.
1301 </para>
1302
1303 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001304 The allocation of an I/O port is done like this:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001305
1306 <informalexample>
1307 <programlisting>
1308<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02001309 err = pci_request_regions(pci, "My Chip");
1310 if (err < 0) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001311 kfree(chip);
1312 pci_disable_device(pci);
1313 return err;
1314 }
1315 chip->port = pci_resource_start(pci, 0);
1316]]>
1317 </programlisting>
1318 </informalexample>
1319 </para>
1320
1321 <para>
1322 <!-- obsolete -->
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001323 It will reserve the I/O port region of 8 bytes of the given
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001324 PCI device. The returned value, chip-&gt;res_port, is allocated
1325 via <function>kmalloc()</function> by
1326 <function>request_region()</function>. The pointer must be
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001327 released via <function>kfree()</function>, but there is a
1328 problem with this. This issue will be explained later.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001329 </para>
1330
1331 <para>
1332 The allocation of an interrupt source is done like this:
1333
1334 <informalexample>
1335 <programlisting>
1336<![CDATA[
1337 if (request_irq(pci->irq, snd_mychip_interrupt,
Takashi Iwaice1fd362011-06-14 08:54:14 +02001338 IRQF_SHARED, KBUILD_MODNAME, chip)) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001339 printk(KERN_ERR "cannot grab irq %d\n", pci->irq);
1340 snd_mychip_free(chip);
1341 return -EBUSY;
1342 }
1343 chip->irq = pci->irq;
1344]]>
1345 </programlisting>
1346 </informalexample>
1347
1348 where <function>snd_mychip_interrupt()</function> is the
1349 interrupt handler defined <link
1350 linkend="pcm-interface-interrupt-handler"><citetitle>later</citetitle></link>.
1351 Note that chip-&gt;irq should be defined
1352 only when <function>request_irq()</function> succeeded.
1353 </para>
1354
1355 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001356 On the PCI bus, interrupts can be shared. Thus,
1357 <constant>IRQF_SHARED</constant> is used as the interrupt flag of
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001358 <function>request_irq()</function>.
1359 </para>
1360
1361 <para>
1362 The last argument of <function>request_irq()</function> is the
1363 data pointer passed to the interrupt handler. Usually, the
1364 chip-specific record is used for that, but you can use what you
1365 like, too.
1366 </para>
1367
1368 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001369 I won't give details about the interrupt handler at this
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001370 point, but at least its appearance can be explained now. The
1371 interrupt handler looks usually like the following:
1372
1373 <informalexample>
1374 <programlisting>
1375<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwaiad4d1de2007-01-16 17:46:35 +01001376 static irqreturn_t snd_mychip_interrupt(int irq, void *dev_id)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001377 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001378 struct mychip *chip = dev_id;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001379 ....
1380 return IRQ_HANDLED;
1381 }
1382]]>
1383 </programlisting>
1384 </informalexample>
1385 </para>
1386
1387 <para>
1388 Now let's write the corresponding destructor for the resources
1389 above. The role of destructor is simple: disable the hardware
1390 (if already activated) and release the resources. So far, we
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001391 have no hardware part, so the disabling code is not written here.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001392 </para>
1393
1394 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001395 To release the resources, the <quote>check-and-release</quote>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001396 method is a safer way. For the interrupt, do like this:
1397
1398 <informalexample>
1399 <programlisting>
1400<![CDATA[
1401 if (chip->irq >= 0)
Takashi Iwai437a5a42006-11-21 12:14:23 +01001402 free_irq(chip->irq, chip);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001403]]>
1404 </programlisting>
1405 </informalexample>
1406
1407 Since the irq number can start from 0, you should initialize
1408 chip-&gt;irq with a negative value (e.g. -1), so that you can
1409 check the validity of the irq number as above.
1410 </para>
1411
1412 <para>
1413 When you requested I/O ports or memory regions via
1414 <function>pci_request_region()</function> or
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001415 <function>pci_request_regions()</function> like in this example,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001416 release the resource(s) using the corresponding function,
1417 <function>pci_release_region()</function> or
1418 <function>pci_release_regions()</function>.
1419
1420 <informalexample>
1421 <programlisting>
1422<![CDATA[
1423 pci_release_regions(chip->pci);
1424]]>
1425 </programlisting>
1426 </informalexample>
1427 </para>
1428
1429 <para>
1430 When you requested manually via <function>request_region()</function>
1431 or <function>request_mem_region</function>, you can release it via
1432 <function>release_resource()</function>. Suppose that you keep
1433 the resource pointer returned from <function>request_region()</function>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001434 in chip-&gt;res_port, the release procedure looks like:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001435
1436 <informalexample>
1437 <programlisting>
1438<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwaib1d57762005-10-10 11:56:31 +02001439 release_and_free_resource(chip->res_port);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001440]]>
1441 </programlisting>
1442 </informalexample>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001443 </para>
1444
1445 <para>
1446 Don't forget to call <function>pci_disable_device()</function>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001447 before the end.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001448 </para>
1449
1450 <para>
1451 And finally, release the chip-specific record.
1452
1453 <informalexample>
1454 <programlisting>
1455<![CDATA[
1456 kfree(chip);
1457]]>
1458 </programlisting>
1459 </informalexample>
1460 </para>
1461
1462 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001463 We didn't implement the hardware disabling part in the above.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001464 If you need to do this, please note that the destructor may be
1465 called even before the initialization of the chip is completed.
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001466 It would be better to have a flag to skip hardware disabling
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001467 if the hardware was not initialized yet.
1468 </para>
1469
1470 <para>
1471 When the chip-data is assigned to the card using
1472 <function>snd_device_new()</function> with
1473 <constant>SNDRV_DEV_LOWLELVEL</constant> , its destructor is
1474 called at the last. That is, it is assured that all other
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001475 components like PCMs and controls have already been released.
1476 You don't have to stop PCMs, etc. explicitly, but just
1477 call low-level hardware stopping.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001478 </para>
1479
1480 <para>
1481 The management of a memory-mapped region is almost as same as
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001482 the management of an I/O port. You'll need three fields like
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001483 the following:
1484
1485 <informalexample>
1486 <programlisting>
1487<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001488 struct mychip {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001489 ....
1490 unsigned long iobase_phys;
1491 void __iomem *iobase_virt;
1492 };
1493]]>
1494 </programlisting>
1495 </informalexample>
1496
1497 and the allocation would be like below:
1498
1499 <informalexample>
1500 <programlisting>
1501<![CDATA[
1502 if ((err = pci_request_regions(pci, "My Chip")) < 0) {
1503 kfree(chip);
1504 return err;
1505 }
1506 chip->iobase_phys = pci_resource_start(pci, 0);
1507 chip->iobase_virt = ioremap_nocache(chip->iobase_phys,
1508 pci_resource_len(pci, 0));
1509]]>
1510 </programlisting>
1511 </informalexample>
1512
1513 and the corresponding destructor would be:
1514
1515 <informalexample>
1516 <programlisting>
1517<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001518 static int snd_mychip_free(struct mychip *chip)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001519 {
1520 ....
1521 if (chip->iobase_virt)
1522 iounmap(chip->iobase_virt);
1523 ....
1524 pci_release_regions(chip->pci);
1525 ....
1526 }
1527]]>
1528 </programlisting>
1529 </informalexample>
1530 </para>
1531
1532 </section>
1533
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001534 <section id="pci-resource-entries">
1535 <title>PCI Entries</title>
1536 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001537 So far, so good. Let's finish the missing PCI
1538 stuff. At first, we need a
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001539 <structname>pci_device_id</structname> table for this
1540 chipset. It's a table of PCI vendor/device ID number, and some
1541 masks.
1542 </para>
1543
1544 <para>
1545 For example,
1546
1547 <informalexample>
1548 <programlisting>
1549<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwaif40b6892006-07-05 16:51:05 +02001550 static struct pci_device_id snd_mychip_ids[] = {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001551 { PCI_VENDOR_ID_FOO, PCI_DEVICE_ID_BAR,
1552 PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, 0, },
1553 ....
1554 { 0, }
1555 };
1556 MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(pci, snd_mychip_ids);
1557]]>
1558 </programlisting>
1559 </informalexample>
1560 </para>
1561
1562 <para>
1563 The first and second fields of
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001564 the <structname>pci_device_id</structname> structure are the vendor and
1565 device IDs. If you have no reason to filter the matching
1566 devices, you can leave the remaining fields as above. The last
1567 field of the <structname>pci_device_id</structname> struct contains
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001568 private data for this entry. You can specify any value here, for
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001569 example, to define specific operations for supported device IDs.
1570 Such an example is found in the intel8x0 driver.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001571 </para>
1572
1573 <para>
1574 The last entry of this list is the terminator. You must
1575 specify this all-zero entry.
1576 </para>
1577
1578 <para>
1579 Then, prepare the <structname>pci_driver</structname> record:
1580
1581 <informalexample>
1582 <programlisting>
1583<![CDATA[
1584 static struct pci_driver driver = {
Takashi Iwaice1fd362011-06-14 08:54:14 +02001585 .name = KBUILD_MODNAME,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001586 .id_table = snd_mychip_ids,
1587 .probe = snd_mychip_probe,
Takashi Iwai090015a2012-12-07 07:52:28 +01001588 .remove = snd_mychip_remove,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001589 };
1590]]>
1591 </programlisting>
1592 </informalexample>
1593 </para>
1594
1595 <para>
1596 The <structfield>probe</structfield> and
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001597 <structfield>remove</structfield> functions have already
1598 been defined in the previous sections.
Takashi Iwai090015a2012-12-07 07:52:28 +01001599 The <structfield>name</structfield>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001600 field is the name string of this device. Note that you must not
1601 use a slash <quote>/</quote> in this string.
1602 </para>
1603
1604 <para>
1605 And at last, the module entries:
1606
1607 <informalexample>
1608 <programlisting>
1609<![CDATA[
1610 static int __init alsa_card_mychip_init(void)
1611 {
Takashi Iwai01d25d42005-04-11 16:58:24 +02001612 return pci_register_driver(&driver);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001613 }
1614
1615 static void __exit alsa_card_mychip_exit(void)
1616 {
1617 pci_unregister_driver(&driver);
1618 }
1619
1620 module_init(alsa_card_mychip_init)
1621 module_exit(alsa_card_mychip_exit)
1622]]>
1623 </programlisting>
1624 </informalexample>
1625 </para>
1626
1627 <para>
1628 Note that these module entries are tagged with
1629 <parameter>__init</parameter> and
Takashi Iwai090015a2012-12-07 07:52:28 +01001630 <parameter>__exit</parameter> prefixes.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001631 </para>
1632
1633 <para>
1634 Oh, one thing was forgotten. If you have no exported symbols,
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001635 you need to declare it in 2.2 or 2.4 kernels (it's not necessary in 2.6 kernels).
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001636
1637 <informalexample>
1638 <programlisting>
1639<![CDATA[
1640 EXPORT_NO_SYMBOLS;
1641]]>
1642 </programlisting>
1643 </informalexample>
1644
1645 That's all!
1646 </para>
1647 </section>
1648 </chapter>
1649
1650
1651<!-- ****************************************************** -->
1652<!-- PCM Interface -->
1653<!-- ****************************************************** -->
1654 <chapter id="pcm-interface">
1655 <title>PCM Interface</title>
1656
1657 <section id="pcm-interface-general">
1658 <title>General</title>
1659 <para>
1660 The PCM middle layer of ALSA is quite powerful and it is only
1661 necessary for each driver to implement the low-level functions
1662 to access its hardware.
1663 </para>
1664
1665 <para>
1666 For accessing to the PCM layer, you need to include
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001667 <filename>&lt;sound/pcm.h&gt;</filename> first. In addition,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001668 <filename>&lt;sound/pcm_params.h&gt;</filename> might be needed
1669 if you access to some functions related with hw_param.
1670 </para>
1671
1672 <para>
1673 Each card device can have up to four pcm instances. A pcm
1674 instance corresponds to a pcm device file. The limitation of
1675 number of instances comes only from the available bit size of
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001676 the Linux's device numbers. Once when 64bit device number is
1677 used, we'll have more pcm instances available.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001678 </para>
1679
1680 <para>
1681 A pcm instance consists of pcm playback and capture streams,
1682 and each pcm stream consists of one or more pcm substreams. Some
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001683 soundcards support multiple playback functions. For example,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001684 emu10k1 has a PCM playback of 32 stereo substreams. In this case, at
1685 each open, a free substream is (usually) automatically chosen
1686 and opened. Meanwhile, when only one substream exists and it was
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001687 already opened, the successful open will either block
1688 or error with <constant>EAGAIN</constant> according to the
1689 file open mode. But you don't have to care about such details in your
1690 driver. The PCM middle layer will take care of such work.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001691 </para>
1692 </section>
1693
1694 <section id="pcm-interface-example">
1695 <title>Full Code Example</title>
1696 <para>
1697 The example code below does not include any hardware access
1698 routines but shows only the skeleton, how to build up the PCM
1699 interfaces.
1700
1701 <example>
1702 <title>PCM Example Code</title>
1703 <programlisting>
1704<![CDATA[
1705 #include <sound/pcm.h>
1706 ....
1707
1708 /* hardware definition */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001709 static struct snd_pcm_hardware snd_mychip_playback_hw = {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001710 .info = (SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP |
1711 SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLEAVED |
1712 SNDRV_PCM_INFO_BLOCK_TRANSFER |
1713 SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP_VALID),
1714 .formats = SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE,
1715 .rates = SNDRV_PCM_RATE_8000_48000,
1716 .rate_min = 8000,
1717 .rate_max = 48000,
1718 .channels_min = 2,
1719 .channels_max = 2,
1720 .buffer_bytes_max = 32768,
1721 .period_bytes_min = 4096,
1722 .period_bytes_max = 32768,
1723 .periods_min = 1,
1724 .periods_max = 1024,
1725 };
1726
1727 /* hardware definition */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001728 static struct snd_pcm_hardware snd_mychip_capture_hw = {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001729 .info = (SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP |
1730 SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLEAVED |
1731 SNDRV_PCM_INFO_BLOCK_TRANSFER |
1732 SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP_VALID),
1733 .formats = SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE,
1734 .rates = SNDRV_PCM_RATE_8000_48000,
1735 .rate_min = 8000,
1736 .rate_max = 48000,
1737 .channels_min = 2,
1738 .channels_max = 2,
1739 .buffer_bytes_max = 32768,
1740 .period_bytes_min = 4096,
1741 .period_bytes_max = 32768,
1742 .periods_min = 1,
1743 .periods_max = 1024,
1744 };
1745
1746 /* open callback */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001747 static int snd_mychip_playback_open(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001748 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001749 struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
1750 struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime = substream->runtime;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001751
1752 runtime->hw = snd_mychip_playback_hw;
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02001753 /* more hardware-initialization will be done here */
1754 ....
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001755 return 0;
1756 }
1757
1758 /* close callback */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001759 static int snd_mychip_playback_close(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001760 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001761 struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02001762 /* the hardware-specific codes will be here */
1763 ....
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001764 return 0;
1765
1766 }
1767
1768 /* open callback */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001769 static int snd_mychip_capture_open(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001770 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001771 struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
1772 struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime = substream->runtime;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001773
1774 runtime->hw = snd_mychip_capture_hw;
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02001775 /* more hardware-initialization will be done here */
1776 ....
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001777 return 0;
1778 }
1779
1780 /* close callback */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001781 static int snd_mychip_capture_close(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001782 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001783 struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02001784 /* the hardware-specific codes will be here */
1785 ....
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001786 return 0;
1787
1788 }
1789
1790 /* hw_params callback */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001791 static int snd_mychip_pcm_hw_params(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream,
1792 struct snd_pcm_hw_params *hw_params)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001793 {
1794 return snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages(substream,
1795 params_buffer_bytes(hw_params));
1796 }
1797
1798 /* hw_free callback */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001799 static int snd_mychip_pcm_hw_free(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001800 {
1801 return snd_pcm_lib_free_pages(substream);
1802 }
1803
1804 /* prepare callback */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001805 static int snd_mychip_pcm_prepare(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001806 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001807 struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
1808 struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime = substream->runtime;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001809
1810 /* set up the hardware with the current configuration
1811 * for example...
1812 */
1813 mychip_set_sample_format(chip, runtime->format);
1814 mychip_set_sample_rate(chip, runtime->rate);
1815 mychip_set_channels(chip, runtime->channels);
Takashi Iwai0b7bed42006-03-02 15:35:55 +01001816 mychip_set_dma_setup(chip, runtime->dma_addr,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001817 chip->buffer_size,
1818 chip->period_size);
1819 return 0;
1820 }
1821
1822 /* trigger callback */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001823 static int snd_mychip_pcm_trigger(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001824 int cmd)
1825 {
1826 switch (cmd) {
1827 case SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_START:
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02001828 /* do something to start the PCM engine */
1829 ....
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001830 break;
1831 case SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_STOP:
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02001832 /* do something to stop the PCM engine */
1833 ....
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001834 break;
1835 default:
1836 return -EINVAL;
1837 }
1838 }
1839
1840 /* pointer callback */
1841 static snd_pcm_uframes_t
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001842 snd_mychip_pcm_pointer(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001843 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001844 struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001845 unsigned int current_ptr;
1846
1847 /* get the current hardware pointer */
1848 current_ptr = mychip_get_hw_pointer(chip);
1849 return current_ptr;
1850 }
1851
1852 /* operators */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001853 static struct snd_pcm_ops snd_mychip_playback_ops = {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001854 .open = snd_mychip_playback_open,
1855 .close = snd_mychip_playback_close,
1856 .ioctl = snd_pcm_lib_ioctl,
1857 .hw_params = snd_mychip_pcm_hw_params,
1858 .hw_free = snd_mychip_pcm_hw_free,
1859 .prepare = snd_mychip_pcm_prepare,
1860 .trigger = snd_mychip_pcm_trigger,
1861 .pointer = snd_mychip_pcm_pointer,
1862 };
1863
1864 /* operators */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001865 static struct snd_pcm_ops snd_mychip_capture_ops = {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001866 .open = snd_mychip_capture_open,
1867 .close = snd_mychip_capture_close,
1868 .ioctl = snd_pcm_lib_ioctl,
1869 .hw_params = snd_mychip_pcm_hw_params,
1870 .hw_free = snd_mychip_pcm_hw_free,
1871 .prepare = snd_mychip_pcm_prepare,
1872 .trigger = snd_mychip_pcm_trigger,
1873 .pointer = snd_mychip_pcm_pointer,
1874 };
1875
1876 /*
1877 * definitions of capture are omitted here...
1878 */
1879
1880 /* create a pcm device */
Takashi Iwai090015a2012-12-07 07:52:28 +01001881 static int snd_mychip_new_pcm(struct mychip *chip)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001882 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001883 struct snd_pcm *pcm;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001884 int err;
1885
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02001886 err = snd_pcm_new(chip->card, "My Chip", 0, 1, 1, &pcm);
1887 if (err < 0)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001888 return err;
1889 pcm->private_data = chip;
1890 strcpy(pcm->name, "My Chip");
1891 chip->pcm = pcm;
1892 /* set operators */
1893 snd_pcm_set_ops(pcm, SNDRV_PCM_STREAM_PLAYBACK,
1894 &snd_mychip_playback_ops);
1895 snd_pcm_set_ops(pcm, SNDRV_PCM_STREAM_CAPTURE,
1896 &snd_mychip_capture_ops);
1897 /* pre-allocation of buffers */
1898 /* NOTE: this may fail */
1899 snd_pcm_lib_preallocate_pages_for_all(pcm, SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV,
1900 snd_dma_pci_data(chip->pci),
1901 64*1024, 64*1024);
1902 return 0;
1903 }
1904]]>
1905 </programlisting>
1906 </example>
1907 </para>
1908 </section>
1909
1910 <section id="pcm-interface-constructor">
1911 <title>Constructor</title>
1912 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001913 A pcm instance is allocated by the <function>snd_pcm_new()</function>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001914 function. It would be better to create a constructor for pcm,
1915 namely,
1916
1917 <informalexample>
1918 <programlisting>
1919<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai090015a2012-12-07 07:52:28 +01001920 static int snd_mychip_new_pcm(struct mychip *chip)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001921 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001922 struct snd_pcm *pcm;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001923 int err;
1924
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02001925 err = snd_pcm_new(chip->card, "My Chip", 0, 1, 1, &pcm);
1926 if (err < 0)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001927 return err;
1928 pcm->private_data = chip;
1929 strcpy(pcm->name, "My Chip");
1930 chip->pcm = pcm;
1931 ....
1932 return 0;
1933 }
1934]]>
1935 </programlisting>
1936 </informalexample>
1937 </para>
1938
1939 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001940 The <function>snd_pcm_new()</function> function takes four
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001941 arguments. The first argument is the card pointer to which this
1942 pcm is assigned, and the second is the ID string.
1943 </para>
1944
1945 <para>
1946 The third argument (<parameter>index</parameter>, 0 in the
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001947 above) is the index of this new pcm. It begins from zero. If
1948 you create more than one pcm instances, specify the
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001949 different numbers in this argument. For example,
1950 <parameter>index</parameter> = 1 for the second PCM device.
1951 </para>
1952
1953 <para>
1954 The fourth and fifth arguments are the number of substreams
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02001955 for playback and capture, respectively. Here 1 is used for
1956 both arguments. When no playback or capture substreams are available,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001957 pass 0 to the corresponding argument.
1958 </para>
1959
1960 <para>
1961 If a chip supports multiple playbacks or captures, you can
1962 specify more numbers, but they must be handled properly in
1963 open/close, etc. callbacks. When you need to know which
1964 substream you are referring to, then it can be obtained from
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001965 struct <structname>snd_pcm_substream</structname> data passed to each callback
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001966 as follows:
1967
1968 <informalexample>
1969 <programlisting>
1970<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01001971 struct snd_pcm_substream *substream;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001972 int index = substream->number;
1973]]>
1974 </programlisting>
1975 </informalexample>
1976 </para>
1977
1978 <para>
1979 After the pcm is created, you need to set operators for each
1980 pcm stream.
1981
1982 <informalexample>
1983 <programlisting>
1984<![CDATA[
1985 snd_pcm_set_ops(pcm, SNDRV_PCM_STREAM_PLAYBACK,
1986 &snd_mychip_playback_ops);
1987 snd_pcm_set_ops(pcm, SNDRV_PCM_STREAM_CAPTURE,
1988 &snd_mychip_capture_ops);
1989]]>
1990 </programlisting>
1991 </informalexample>
1992 </para>
1993
1994 <para>
1995 The operators are defined typically like this:
1996
1997 <informalexample>
1998 <programlisting>
1999<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002000 static struct snd_pcm_ops snd_mychip_playback_ops = {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002001 .open = snd_mychip_pcm_open,
2002 .close = snd_mychip_pcm_close,
2003 .ioctl = snd_pcm_lib_ioctl,
2004 .hw_params = snd_mychip_pcm_hw_params,
2005 .hw_free = snd_mychip_pcm_hw_free,
2006 .prepare = snd_mychip_pcm_prepare,
2007 .trigger = snd_mychip_pcm_trigger,
2008 .pointer = snd_mychip_pcm_pointer,
2009 };
2010]]>
2011 </programlisting>
2012 </informalexample>
2013
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002014 All the callbacks are described in the
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002015 <link linkend="pcm-interface-operators"><citetitle>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002016 Operators</citetitle></link> subsection.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002017 </para>
2018
2019 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002020 After setting the operators, you probably will want to
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002021 pre-allocate the buffer. For the pre-allocation, simply call
2022 the following:
2023
2024 <informalexample>
2025 <programlisting>
2026<![CDATA[
2027 snd_pcm_lib_preallocate_pages_for_all(pcm, SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV,
2028 snd_dma_pci_data(chip->pci),
2029 64*1024, 64*1024);
2030]]>
2031 </programlisting>
2032 </informalexample>
2033
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002034 It will allocate a buffer up to 64kB as default.
2035 Buffer management details will be described in the later section <link
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002036 linkend="buffer-and-memory"><citetitle>Buffer and Memory
2037 Management</citetitle></link>.
2038 </para>
2039
2040 <para>
2041 Additionally, you can set some extra information for this pcm
2042 in pcm-&gt;info_flags.
2043 The available values are defined as
2044 <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_XXX</constant> in
2045 <filename>&lt;sound/asound.h&gt;</filename>, which is used for
2046 the hardware definition (described later). When your soundchip
2047 supports only half-duplex, specify like this:
2048
2049 <informalexample>
2050 <programlisting>
2051<![CDATA[
2052 pcm->info_flags = SNDRV_PCM_INFO_HALF_DUPLEX;
2053]]>
2054 </programlisting>
2055 </informalexample>
2056 </para>
2057 </section>
2058
2059 <section id="pcm-interface-destructor">
2060 <title>... And the Destructor?</title>
2061 <para>
2062 The destructor for a pcm instance is not always
2063 necessary. Since the pcm device will be released by the middle
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002064 layer code automatically, you don't have to call the destructor
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002065 explicitly.
2066 </para>
2067
2068 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002069 The destructor would be necessary if you created
2070 special records internally and needed to release them. In such a
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002071 case, set the destructor function to
2072 pcm-&gt;private_free:
2073
2074 <example>
2075 <title>PCM Instance with a Destructor</title>
2076 <programlisting>
2077<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002078 static void mychip_pcm_free(struct snd_pcm *pcm)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002079 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002080 struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_chip(pcm);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002081 /* free your own data */
2082 kfree(chip->my_private_pcm_data);
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02002083 /* do what you like else */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002084 ....
2085 }
2086
Takashi Iwai090015a2012-12-07 07:52:28 +01002087 static int snd_mychip_new_pcm(struct mychip *chip)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002088 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002089 struct snd_pcm *pcm;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002090 ....
2091 /* allocate your own data */
2092 chip->my_private_pcm_data = kmalloc(...);
2093 /* set the destructor */
2094 pcm->private_data = chip;
2095 pcm->private_free = mychip_pcm_free;
2096 ....
2097 }
2098]]>
2099 </programlisting>
2100 </example>
2101 </para>
2102 </section>
2103
2104 <section id="pcm-interface-runtime">
2105 <title>Runtime Pointer - The Chest of PCM Information</title>
2106 <para>
2107 When the PCM substream is opened, a PCM runtime instance is
2108 allocated and assigned to the substream. This pointer is
2109 accessible via <constant>substream-&gt;runtime</constant>.
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002110 This runtime pointer holds most information you need
2111 to control the PCM: the copy of hw_params and sw_params configurations, the buffer
2112 pointers, mmap records, spinlocks, etc.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002113 </para>
2114
2115 <para>
2116 The definition of runtime instance is found in
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002117 <filename>&lt;sound/pcm.h&gt;</filename>. Here are
2118 the contents of this file:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002119 <informalexample>
2120 <programlisting>
2121<![CDATA[
2122struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
2123 /* -- Status -- */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002124 struct snd_pcm_substream *trigger_master;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002125 snd_timestamp_t trigger_tstamp; /* trigger timestamp */
2126 int overrange;
2127 snd_pcm_uframes_t avail_max;
2128 snd_pcm_uframes_t hw_ptr_base; /* Position at buffer restart */
2129 snd_pcm_uframes_t hw_ptr_interrupt; /* Position at interrupt time*/
2130
2131 /* -- HW params -- */
2132 snd_pcm_access_t access; /* access mode */
2133 snd_pcm_format_t format; /* SNDRV_PCM_FORMAT_* */
2134 snd_pcm_subformat_t subformat; /* subformat */
2135 unsigned int rate; /* rate in Hz */
2136 unsigned int channels; /* channels */
2137 snd_pcm_uframes_t period_size; /* period size */
2138 unsigned int periods; /* periods */
2139 snd_pcm_uframes_t buffer_size; /* buffer size */
2140 unsigned int tick_time; /* tick time */
2141 snd_pcm_uframes_t min_align; /* Min alignment for the format */
2142 size_t byte_align;
2143 unsigned int frame_bits;
2144 unsigned int sample_bits;
2145 unsigned int info;
2146 unsigned int rate_num;
2147 unsigned int rate_den;
2148
2149 /* -- SW params -- */
Takashi Iwai07799e72005-10-10 11:49:49 +02002150 struct timespec tstamp_mode; /* mmap timestamp is updated */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002151 unsigned int period_step;
2152 unsigned int sleep_min; /* min ticks to sleep */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002153 snd_pcm_uframes_t start_threshold;
2154 snd_pcm_uframes_t stop_threshold;
2155 snd_pcm_uframes_t silence_threshold; /* Silence filling happens when
2156 noise is nearest than this */
2157 snd_pcm_uframes_t silence_size; /* Silence filling size */
2158 snd_pcm_uframes_t boundary; /* pointers wrap point */
2159
2160 snd_pcm_uframes_t silenced_start;
2161 snd_pcm_uframes_t silenced_size;
2162
2163 snd_pcm_sync_id_t sync; /* hardware synchronization ID */
2164
2165 /* -- mmap -- */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002166 volatile struct snd_pcm_mmap_status *status;
2167 volatile struct snd_pcm_mmap_control *control;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002168 atomic_t mmap_count;
2169
2170 /* -- locking / scheduling -- */
2171 spinlock_t lock;
2172 wait_queue_head_t sleep;
2173 struct timer_list tick_timer;
2174 struct fasync_struct *fasync;
2175
2176 /* -- private section -- */
2177 void *private_data;
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002178 void (*private_free)(struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002179
2180 /* -- hardware description -- */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002181 struct snd_pcm_hardware hw;
2182 struct snd_pcm_hw_constraints hw_constraints;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002183
2184 /* -- interrupt callbacks -- */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002185 void (*transfer_ack_begin)(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream);
2186 void (*transfer_ack_end)(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002187
2188 /* -- timer -- */
2189 unsigned int timer_resolution; /* timer resolution */
2190
2191 /* -- DMA -- */
2192 unsigned char *dma_area; /* DMA area */
2193 dma_addr_t dma_addr; /* physical bus address (not accessible from main CPU) */
2194 size_t dma_bytes; /* size of DMA area */
2195
2196 struct snd_dma_buffer *dma_buffer_p; /* allocated buffer */
2197
2198#if defined(CONFIG_SND_PCM_OSS) || defined(CONFIG_SND_PCM_OSS_MODULE)
2199 /* -- OSS things -- */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002200 struct snd_pcm_oss_runtime oss;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002201#endif
2202};
2203]]>
2204 </programlisting>
2205 </informalexample>
2206 </para>
2207
2208 <para>
2209 For the operators (callbacks) of each sound driver, most of
2210 these records are supposed to be read-only. Only the PCM
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002211 middle-layer changes / updates them. The exceptions are
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002212 the hardware description (hw), interrupt callbacks
2213 (transfer_ack_xxx), DMA buffer information, and the private
2214 data. Besides, if you use the standard buffer allocation
2215 method via <function>snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages()</function>,
2216 you don't need to set the DMA buffer information by yourself.
2217 </para>
2218
2219 <para>
2220 In the sections below, important records are explained.
2221 </para>
2222
2223 <section id="pcm-interface-runtime-hw">
2224 <title>Hardware Description</title>
2225 <para>
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002226 The hardware descriptor (struct <structname>snd_pcm_hardware</structname>)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002227 contains the definitions of the fundamental hardware
2228 configuration. Above all, you'll need to define this in
2229 <link linkend="pcm-interface-operators-open-callback"><citetitle>
2230 the open callback</citetitle></link>.
2231 Note that the runtime instance holds the copy of the
2232 descriptor, not the pointer to the existing descriptor. That
2233 is, in the open callback, you can modify the copied descriptor
2234 (<constant>runtime-&gt;hw</constant>) as you need. For example, if the maximum
2235 number of channels is 1 only on some chip models, you can
2236 still use the same hardware descriptor and change the
2237 channels_max later:
2238 <informalexample>
2239 <programlisting>
2240<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002241 struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime = substream->runtime;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002242 ...
2243 runtime->hw = snd_mychip_playback_hw; /* common definition */
2244 if (chip->model == VERY_OLD_ONE)
2245 runtime->hw.channels_max = 1;
2246]]>
2247 </programlisting>
2248 </informalexample>
2249 </para>
2250
2251 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002252 Typically, you'll have a hardware descriptor as below:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002253 <informalexample>
2254 <programlisting>
2255<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002256 static struct snd_pcm_hardware snd_mychip_playback_hw = {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002257 .info = (SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP |
2258 SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLEAVED |
2259 SNDRV_PCM_INFO_BLOCK_TRANSFER |
2260 SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP_VALID),
2261 .formats = SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE,
2262 .rates = SNDRV_PCM_RATE_8000_48000,
2263 .rate_min = 8000,
2264 .rate_max = 48000,
2265 .channels_min = 2,
2266 .channels_max = 2,
2267 .buffer_bytes_max = 32768,
2268 .period_bytes_min = 4096,
2269 .period_bytes_max = 32768,
2270 .periods_min = 1,
2271 .periods_max = 1024,
2272 };
2273]]>
2274 </programlisting>
2275 </informalexample>
2276 </para>
2277
2278 <para>
2279 <itemizedlist>
2280 <listitem><para>
2281 The <structfield>info</structfield> field contains the type and
2282 capabilities of this pcm. The bit flags are defined in
2283 <filename>&lt;sound/asound.h&gt;</filename> as
2284 <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_XXX</constant>. Here, at least, you
2285 have to specify whether the mmap is supported and which
2286 interleaved format is supported.
Antonio Ospite04044b82013-01-29 12:56:27 +01002287 When the hardware supports mmap, add the
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002288 <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP</constant> flag here. When the
2289 hardware supports the interleaved or the non-interleaved
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002290 formats, <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLEAVED</constant> or
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002291 <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_NONINTERLEAVED</constant> flag must
2292 be set, respectively. If both are supported, you can set both,
2293 too.
2294 </para>
2295
2296 <para>
2297 In the above example, <constant>MMAP_VALID</constant> and
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002298 <constant>BLOCK_TRANSFER</constant> are specified for the OSS mmap
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002299 mode. Usually both are set. Of course,
2300 <constant>MMAP_VALID</constant> is set only if the mmap is
2301 really supported.
2302 </para>
2303
2304 <para>
2305 The other possible flags are
2306 <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_PAUSE</constant> and
2307 <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME</constant>. The
2308 <constant>PAUSE</constant> bit means that the pcm supports the
2309 <quote>pause</quote> operation, while the
2310 <constant>RESUME</constant> bit means that the pcm supports
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01002311 the full <quote>suspend/resume</quote> operation.
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002312 If the <constant>PAUSE</constant> flag is set,
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01002313 the <structfield>trigger</structfield> callback below
2314 must handle the corresponding (pause push/release) commands.
2315 The suspend/resume trigger commands can be defined even without
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002316 the <constant>RESUME</constant> flag. See <link
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01002317 linkend="power-management"><citetitle>
2318 Power Management</citetitle></link> section for details.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002319 </para>
2320
2321 <para>
2322 When the PCM substreams can be synchronized (typically,
Nicolas Kaiser5bda9fa2007-01-22 14:54:33 +01002323 synchronized start/stop of a playback and a capture streams),
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002324 you can give <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_SYNC_START</constant>,
2325 too. In this case, you'll need to check the linked-list of
2326 PCM substreams in the trigger callback. This will be
2327 described in the later section.
2328 </para>
2329 </listitem>
2330
2331 <listitem>
2332 <para>
2333 <structfield>formats</structfield> field contains the bit-flags
2334 of supported formats (<constant>SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_XXX</constant>).
2335 If the hardware supports more than one format, give all or'ed
2336 bits. In the example above, the signed 16bit little-endian
2337 format is specified.
2338 </para>
2339 </listitem>
2340
2341 <listitem>
2342 <para>
2343 <structfield>rates</structfield> field contains the bit-flags of
2344 supported rates (<constant>SNDRV_PCM_RATE_XXX</constant>).
2345 When the chip supports continuous rates, pass
2346 <constant>CONTINUOUS</constant> bit additionally.
2347 The pre-defined rate bits are provided only for typical
2348 rates. If your chip supports unconventional rates, you need to add
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002349 the <constant>KNOT</constant> bit and set up the hardware
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002350 constraint manually (explained later).
2351 </para>
2352 </listitem>
2353
2354 <listitem>
2355 <para>
2356 <structfield>rate_min</structfield> and
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002357 <structfield>rate_max</structfield> define the minimum and
2358 maximum sample rate. This should correspond somehow to
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002359 <structfield>rates</structfield> bits.
2360 </para>
2361 </listitem>
2362
2363 <listitem>
2364 <para>
2365 <structfield>channel_min</structfield> and
2366 <structfield>channel_max</structfield>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002367 define, as you might already expected, the minimum and maximum
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002368 number of channels.
2369 </para>
2370 </listitem>
2371
2372 <listitem>
2373 <para>
2374 <structfield>buffer_bytes_max</structfield> defines the
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002375 maximum buffer size in bytes. There is no
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002376 <structfield>buffer_bytes_min</structfield> field, since
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002377 it can be calculated from the minimum period size and the
2378 minimum number of periods.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002379 Meanwhile, <structfield>period_bytes_min</structfield> and
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002380 define the minimum and maximum size of the period in bytes.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002381 <structfield>periods_max</structfield> and
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002382 <structfield>periods_min</structfield> define the maximum and
2383 minimum number of periods in the buffer.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002384 </para>
2385
2386 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002387 The <quote>period</quote> is a term that corresponds to
2388 a fragment in the OSS world. The period defines the size at
2389 which a PCM interrupt is generated. This size strongly
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002390 depends on the hardware.
2391 Generally, the smaller period size will give you more
2392 interrupts, that is, more controls.
2393 In the case of capture, this size defines the input latency.
2394 On the other hand, the whole buffer size defines the
2395 output latency for the playback direction.
2396 </para>
2397 </listitem>
2398
2399 <listitem>
2400 <para>
2401 There is also a field <structfield>fifo_size</structfield>.
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002402 This specifies the size of the hardware FIFO, but currently it
2403 is neither used in the driver nor in the alsa-lib. So, you
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002404 can ignore this field.
2405 </para>
2406 </listitem>
2407 </itemizedlist>
2408 </para>
2409 </section>
2410
2411 <section id="pcm-interface-runtime-config">
2412 <title>PCM Configurations</title>
2413 <para>
2414 Ok, let's go back again to the PCM runtime records.
2415 The most frequently referred records in the runtime instance are
2416 the PCM configurations.
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002417 The PCM configurations are stored in the runtime instance
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002418 after the application sends <type>hw_params</type> data via
2419 alsa-lib. There are many fields copied from hw_params and
2420 sw_params structs. For example,
2421 <structfield>format</structfield> holds the format type
2422 chosen by the application. This field contains the enum value
2423 <constant>SNDRV_PCM_FORMAT_XXX</constant>.
2424 </para>
2425
2426 <para>
2427 One thing to be noted is that the configured buffer and period
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002428 sizes are stored in <quote>frames</quote> in the runtime.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002429 In the ALSA world, 1 frame = channels * samples-size.
2430 For conversion between frames and bytes, you can use the
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002431 <function>frames_to_bytes()</function> and
2432 <function>bytes_to_frames()</function> helper functions.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002433 <informalexample>
2434 <programlisting>
2435<![CDATA[
2436 period_bytes = frames_to_bytes(runtime, runtime->period_size);
2437]]>
2438 </programlisting>
2439 </informalexample>
2440 </para>
2441
2442 <para>
2443 Also, many software parameters (sw_params) are
2444 stored in frames, too. Please check the type of the field.
2445 <type>snd_pcm_uframes_t</type> is for the frames as unsigned
2446 integer while <type>snd_pcm_sframes_t</type> is for the frames
2447 as signed integer.
2448 </para>
2449 </section>
2450
2451 <section id="pcm-interface-runtime-dma">
2452 <title>DMA Buffer Information</title>
2453 <para>
2454 The DMA buffer is defined by the following four fields,
2455 <structfield>dma_area</structfield>,
2456 <structfield>dma_addr</structfield>,
2457 <structfield>dma_bytes</structfield> and
2458 <structfield>dma_private</structfield>.
2459 The <structfield>dma_area</structfield> holds the buffer
2460 pointer (the logical address). You can call
2461 <function>memcpy</function> from/to
2462 this pointer. Meanwhile, <structfield>dma_addr</structfield>
2463 holds the physical address of the buffer. This field is
2464 specified only when the buffer is a linear buffer.
2465 <structfield>dma_bytes</structfield> holds the size of buffer
2466 in bytes. <structfield>dma_private</structfield> is used for
2467 the ALSA DMA allocator.
2468 </para>
2469
2470 <para>
2471 If you use a standard ALSA function,
2472 <function>snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages()</function>, for
2473 allocating the buffer, these fields are set by the ALSA middle
2474 layer, and you should <emphasis>not</emphasis> change them by
2475 yourself. You can read them but not write them.
2476 On the other hand, if you want to allocate the buffer by
2477 yourself, you'll need to manage it in hw_params callback.
2478 At least, <structfield>dma_bytes</structfield> is mandatory.
2479 <structfield>dma_area</structfield> is necessary when the
2480 buffer is mmapped. If your driver doesn't support mmap, this
2481 field is not necessary. <structfield>dma_addr</structfield>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002482 is also optional. You can use
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002483 <structfield>dma_private</structfield> as you like, too.
2484 </para>
2485 </section>
2486
2487 <section id="pcm-interface-runtime-status">
2488 <title>Running Status</title>
2489 <para>
2490 The running status can be referred via <constant>runtime-&gt;status</constant>.
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002491 This is the pointer to the struct <structname>snd_pcm_mmap_status</structname>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002492 record. For example, you can get the current DMA hardware
2493 pointer via <constant>runtime-&gt;status-&gt;hw_ptr</constant>.
2494 </para>
2495
2496 <para>
2497 The DMA application pointer can be referred via
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002498 <constant>runtime-&gt;control</constant>, which points to the
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002499 struct <structname>snd_pcm_mmap_control</structname> record.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002500 However, accessing directly to this value is not recommended.
2501 </para>
2502 </section>
2503
2504 <section id="pcm-interface-runtime-private">
2505 <title>Private Data</title>
2506 <para>
2507 You can allocate a record for the substream and store it in
2508 <constant>runtime-&gt;private_data</constant>. Usually, this
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002509 is done in
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002510 <link linkend="pcm-interface-operators-open-callback"><citetitle>
2511 the open callback</citetitle></link>.
2512 Don't mix this with <constant>pcm-&gt;private_data</constant>.
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002513 The <constant>pcm-&gt;private_data</constant> usually points to the
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002514 chip instance assigned statically at the creation of PCM, while the
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002515 <constant>runtime-&gt;private_data</constant> points to a dynamic
2516 data structure created at the PCM open callback.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002517
2518 <informalexample>
2519 <programlisting>
2520<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002521 static int snd_xxx_open(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002522 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002523 struct my_pcm_data *data;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002524 ....
2525 data = kmalloc(sizeof(*data), GFP_KERNEL);
2526 substream->runtime->private_data = data;
2527 ....
2528 }
2529]]>
2530 </programlisting>
2531 </informalexample>
2532 </para>
2533
2534 <para>
2535 The allocated object must be released in
2536 <link linkend="pcm-interface-operators-open-callback"><citetitle>
2537 the close callback</citetitle></link>.
2538 </para>
2539 </section>
2540
2541 <section id="pcm-interface-runtime-intr">
2542 <title>Interrupt Callbacks</title>
2543 <para>
2544 The field <structfield>transfer_ack_begin</structfield> and
2545 <structfield>transfer_ack_end</structfield> are called at
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002546 the beginning and at the end of
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002547 <function>snd_pcm_period_elapsed()</function>, respectively.
2548 </para>
2549 </section>
2550
2551 </section>
2552
2553 <section id="pcm-interface-operators">
2554 <title>Operators</title>
2555 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002556 OK, now let me give details about each pcm callback
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002557 (<parameter>ops</parameter>). In general, every callback must
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002558 return 0 if successful, or a negative error number
2559 such as <constant>-EINVAL</constant>. To choose an appropriate
2560 error number, it is advised to check what value other parts of
2561 the kernel return when the same kind of request fails.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002562 </para>
2563
2564 <para>
2565 The callback function takes at least the argument with
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002566 <structname>snd_pcm_substream</structname> pointer. To retrieve
2567 the chip record from the given substream instance, you can use the
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002568 following macro.
2569
2570 <informalexample>
2571 <programlisting>
2572<![CDATA[
2573 int xxx() {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002574 struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002575 ....
2576 }
2577]]>
2578 </programlisting>
2579 </informalexample>
2580
2581 The macro reads <constant>substream-&gt;private_data</constant>,
2582 which is a copy of <constant>pcm-&gt;private_data</constant>.
2583 You can override the former if you need to assign different data
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002584 records per PCM substream. For example, the cmi8330 driver assigns
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002585 different private_data for playback and capture directions,
2586 because it uses two different codecs (SB- and AD-compatible) for
2587 different directions.
2588 </para>
2589
2590 <section id="pcm-interface-operators-open-callback">
2591 <title>open callback</title>
2592 <para>
2593 <informalexample>
2594 <programlisting>
2595<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002596 static int snd_xxx_open(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002597]]>
2598 </programlisting>
2599 </informalexample>
2600
2601 This is called when a pcm substream is opened.
2602 </para>
2603
2604 <para>
2605 At least, here you have to initialize the runtime-&gt;hw
2606 record. Typically, this is done by like this:
2607
2608 <informalexample>
2609 <programlisting>
2610<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002611 static int snd_xxx_open(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002612 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002613 struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
2614 struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime = substream->runtime;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002615
2616 runtime->hw = snd_mychip_playback_hw;
2617 return 0;
2618 }
2619]]>
2620 </programlisting>
2621 </informalexample>
2622
2623 where <parameter>snd_mychip_playback_hw</parameter> is the
2624 pre-defined hardware description.
2625 </para>
2626
2627 <para>
2628 You can allocate a private data in this callback, as described
2629 in <link linkend="pcm-interface-runtime-private"><citetitle>
2630 Private Data</citetitle></link> section.
2631 </para>
2632
2633 <para>
2634 If the hardware configuration needs more constraints, set the
2635 hardware constraints here, too.
2636 See <link linkend="pcm-interface-constraints"><citetitle>
2637 Constraints</citetitle></link> for more details.
2638 </para>
2639 </section>
2640
2641 <section id="pcm-interface-operators-close-callback">
2642 <title>close callback</title>
2643 <para>
2644 <informalexample>
2645 <programlisting>
2646<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002647 static int snd_xxx_close(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002648]]>
2649 </programlisting>
2650 </informalexample>
2651
2652 Obviously, this is called when a pcm substream is closed.
2653 </para>
2654
2655 <para>
2656 Any private instance for a pcm substream allocated in the
2657 open callback will be released here.
2658
2659 <informalexample>
2660 <programlisting>
2661<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002662 static int snd_xxx_close(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002663 {
2664 ....
2665 kfree(substream->runtime->private_data);
2666 ....
2667 }
2668]]>
2669 </programlisting>
2670 </informalexample>
2671 </para>
2672 </section>
2673
2674 <section id="pcm-interface-operators-ioctl-callback">
2675 <title>ioctl callback</title>
2676 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002677 This is used for any special call to pcm ioctls. But
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002678 usually you can pass a generic ioctl callback,
2679 <function>snd_pcm_lib_ioctl</function>.
2680 </para>
2681 </section>
2682
2683 <section id="pcm-interface-operators-hw-params-callback">
2684 <title>hw_params callback</title>
2685 <para>
2686 <informalexample>
2687 <programlisting>
2688<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002689 static int snd_xxx_hw_params(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream,
2690 struct snd_pcm_hw_params *hw_params);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002691]]>
2692 </programlisting>
2693 </informalexample>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002694 </para>
2695
2696 <para>
2697 This is called when the hardware parameter
2698 (<structfield>hw_params</structfield>) is set
2699 up by the application,
2700 that is, once when the buffer size, the period size, the
2701 format, etc. are defined for the pcm substream.
2702 </para>
2703
2704 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002705 Many hardware setups should be done in this callback,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002706 including the allocation of buffers.
2707 </para>
2708
2709 <para>
2710 Parameters to be initialized are retrieved by
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002711 <function>params_xxx()</function> macros. To allocate
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002712 buffer, you can call a helper function,
2713
2714 <informalexample>
2715 <programlisting>
2716<![CDATA[
2717 snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages(substream, params_buffer_bytes(hw_params));
2718]]>
2719 </programlisting>
2720 </informalexample>
2721
2722 <function>snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages()</function> is available
2723 only when the DMA buffers have been pre-allocated.
2724 See the section <link
2725 linkend="buffer-and-memory-buffer-types"><citetitle>
2726 Buffer Types</citetitle></link> for more details.
2727 </para>
2728
2729 <para>
2730 Note that this and <structfield>prepare</structfield> callbacks
2731 may be called multiple times per initialization.
2732 For example, the OSS emulation may
2733 call these callbacks at each change via its ioctl.
2734 </para>
2735
2736 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002737 Thus, you need to be careful not to allocate the same buffers
2738 many times, which will lead to memory leaks! Calling the
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002739 helper function above many times is OK. It will release the
2740 previous buffer automatically when it was already allocated.
2741 </para>
2742
2743 <para>
2744 Another note is that this callback is non-atomic
Takashi Iwai941a74c2014-09-15 15:22:02 +02002745 (schedulable) as default, i.e. when no
2746 <structfield>nonatomic</structfield> flag set.
2747 This is important, because the
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002748 <structfield>trigger</structfield> callback
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002749 is atomic (non-schedulable). That is, mutexes or any
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002750 schedule-related functions are not available in
2751 <structfield>trigger</structfield> callback.
2752 Please see the subsection
2753 <link linkend="pcm-interface-atomicity"><citetitle>
2754 Atomicity</citetitle></link> for details.
2755 </para>
2756 </section>
2757
2758 <section id="pcm-interface-operators-hw-free-callback">
2759 <title>hw_free callback</title>
2760 <para>
2761 <informalexample>
2762 <programlisting>
2763<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002764 static int snd_xxx_hw_free(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002765]]>
2766 </programlisting>
2767 </informalexample>
2768 </para>
2769
2770 <para>
2771 This is called to release the resources allocated via
2772 <structfield>hw_params</structfield>. For example, releasing the
2773 buffer via
2774 <function>snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages()</function> is done by
2775 calling the following:
2776
2777 <informalexample>
2778 <programlisting>
2779<![CDATA[
2780 snd_pcm_lib_free_pages(substream);
2781]]>
2782 </programlisting>
2783 </informalexample>
2784 </para>
2785
2786 <para>
2787 This function is always called before the close callback is called.
2788 Also, the callback may be called multiple times, too.
2789 Keep track whether the resource was already released.
2790 </para>
2791 </section>
2792
2793 <section id="pcm-interface-operators-prepare-callback">
2794 <title>prepare callback</title>
2795 <para>
2796 <informalexample>
2797 <programlisting>
2798<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002799 static int snd_xxx_prepare(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002800]]>
2801 </programlisting>
2802 </informalexample>
2803 </para>
2804
2805 <para>
2806 This callback is called when the pcm is
2807 <quote>prepared</quote>. You can set the format type, sample
2808 rate, etc. here. The difference from
2809 <structfield>hw_params</structfield> is that the
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002810 <structfield>prepare</structfield> callback will be called each
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002811 time
2812 <function>snd_pcm_prepare()</function> is called, i.e. when
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002813 recovering after underruns, etc.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002814 </para>
2815
2816 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002817 Note that this callback is now non-atomic.
2818 You can use schedule-related functions safely in this callback.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002819 </para>
2820
2821 <para>
2822 In this and the following callbacks, you can refer to the
2823 values via the runtime record,
2824 substream-&gt;runtime.
2825 For example, to get the current
2826 rate, format or channels, access to
2827 runtime-&gt;rate,
2828 runtime-&gt;format or
2829 runtime-&gt;channels, respectively.
2830 The physical address of the allocated buffer is set to
2831 runtime-&gt;dma_area. The buffer and period sizes are
2832 in runtime-&gt;buffer_size and runtime-&gt;period_size,
2833 respectively.
2834 </para>
2835
2836 <para>
2837 Be careful that this callback will be called many times at
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002838 each setup, too.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002839 </para>
2840 </section>
2841
2842 <section id="pcm-interface-operators-trigger-callback">
2843 <title>trigger callback</title>
2844 <para>
2845 <informalexample>
2846 <programlisting>
2847<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002848 static int snd_xxx_trigger(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream, int cmd);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002849]]>
2850 </programlisting>
2851 </informalexample>
2852
2853 This is called when the pcm is started, stopped or paused.
2854 </para>
2855
2856 <para>
2857 Which action is specified in the second argument,
2858 <constant>SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_XXX</constant> in
2859 <filename>&lt;sound/pcm.h&gt;</filename>. At least,
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002860 the <constant>START</constant> and <constant>STOP</constant>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002861 commands must be defined in this callback.
2862
2863 <informalexample>
2864 <programlisting>
2865<![CDATA[
2866 switch (cmd) {
2867 case SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_START:
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02002868 /* do something to start the PCM engine */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002869 break;
2870 case SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_STOP:
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02002871 /* do something to stop the PCM engine */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002872 break;
2873 default:
2874 return -EINVAL;
2875 }
2876]]>
2877 </programlisting>
2878 </informalexample>
2879 </para>
2880
2881 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002882 When the pcm supports the pause operation (given in the info
Antonio Ospited4dab5a2013-01-29 12:56:28 +01002883 field of the hardware table), the <constant>PAUSE_PUSH</constant>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002884 and <constant>PAUSE_RELEASE</constant> commands must be
2885 handled here, too. The former is the command to pause the pcm,
2886 and the latter to restart the pcm again.
2887 </para>
2888
2889 <para>
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01002890 When the pcm supports the suspend/resume operation,
2891 regardless of full or partial suspend/resume support,
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002892 the <constant>SUSPEND</constant> and <constant>RESUME</constant>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002893 commands must be handled, too.
2894 These commands are issued when the power-management status is
2895 changed. Obviously, the <constant>SUSPEND</constant> and
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002896 <constant>RESUME</constant> commands
2897 suspend and resume the pcm substream, and usually, they
2898 are identical to the <constant>STOP</constant> and
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002899 <constant>START</constant> commands, respectively.
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002900 See the <link linkend="power-management"><citetitle>
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01002901 Power Management</citetitle></link> section for details.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002902 </para>
2903
2904 <para>
Takashi Iwai941a74c2014-09-15 15:22:02 +02002905 As mentioned, this callback is atomic as default unless
2906 <structfield>nonatomic</structfield> flag set, and
2907 you cannot call functions which may sleep.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002908 The trigger callback should be as minimal as possible,
2909 just really triggering the DMA. The other stuff should be
2910 initialized hw_params and prepare callbacks properly
2911 beforehand.
2912 </para>
2913 </section>
2914
2915 <section id="pcm-interface-operators-pointer-callback">
2916 <title>pointer callback</title>
2917 <para>
2918 <informalexample>
2919 <programlisting>
2920<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01002921 static snd_pcm_uframes_t snd_xxx_pointer(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002922]]>
2923 </programlisting>
2924 </informalexample>
2925
2926 This callback is called when the PCM middle layer inquires
2927 the current hardware position on the buffer. The position must
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002928 be returned in frames,
2929 ranging from 0 to buffer_size - 1.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002930 </para>
2931
2932 <para>
2933 This is called usually from the buffer-update routine in the
2934 pcm middle layer, which is invoked when
2935 <function>snd_pcm_period_elapsed()</function> is called in the
2936 interrupt routine. Then the pcm middle layer updates the
2937 position and calculates the available space, and wakes up the
2938 sleeping poll threads, etc.
2939 </para>
2940
2941 <para>
Takashi Iwai941a74c2014-09-15 15:22:02 +02002942 This callback is also atomic as default.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002943 </para>
2944 </section>
2945
2946 <section id="pcm-interface-operators-copy-silence">
2947 <title>copy and silence callbacks</title>
2948 <para>
2949 These callbacks are not mandatory, and can be omitted in
2950 most cases. These callbacks are used when the hardware buffer
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002951 cannot be in the normal memory space. Some chips have their
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002952 own buffer on the hardware which is not mappable. In such a
2953 case, you have to transfer the data manually from the memory
2954 buffer to the hardware buffer. Or, if the buffer is
2955 non-contiguous on both physical and virtual memory spaces,
2956 these callbacks must be defined, too.
2957 </para>
2958
2959 <para>
2960 If these two callbacks are defined, copy and set-silence
2961 operations are done by them. The detailed will be described in
2962 the later section <link
2963 linkend="buffer-and-memory"><citetitle>Buffer and Memory
2964 Management</citetitle></link>.
2965 </para>
2966 </section>
2967
2968 <section id="pcm-interface-operators-ack">
2969 <title>ack callback</title>
2970 <para>
2971 This callback is also not mandatory. This callback is called
2972 when the appl_ptr is updated in read or write operations.
2973 Some drivers like emu10k1-fx and cs46xx need to track the
2974 current appl_ptr for the internal buffer, and this callback
2975 is useful only for such a purpose.
2976 </para>
2977 <para>
Takashi Iwai941a74c2014-09-15 15:22:02 +02002978 This callback is atomic as default.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002979 </para>
2980 </section>
2981
2982 <section id="pcm-interface-operators-page-callback">
2983 <title>page callback</title>
2984
2985 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02002986 This callback is optional too. This callback is used
2987 mainly for non-contiguous buffers. The mmap calls this
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002988 callback to get the page address. Some examples will be
2989 explained in the later section <link
2990 linkend="buffer-and-memory"><citetitle>Buffer and Memory
2991 Management</citetitle></link>, too.
2992 </para>
2993 </section>
2994 </section>
2995
2996 <section id="pcm-interface-interrupt-handler">
2997 <title>Interrupt Handler</title>
2998 <para>
2999 The rest of pcm stuff is the PCM interrupt handler. The
3000 role of PCM interrupt handler in the sound driver is to update
3001 the buffer position and to tell the PCM middle layer when the
3002 buffer position goes across the prescribed period size. To
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003003 inform this, call the <function>snd_pcm_period_elapsed()</function>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003004 function.
3005 </para>
3006
3007 <para>
3008 There are several types of sound chips to generate the interrupts.
3009 </para>
3010
3011 <section id="pcm-interface-interrupt-handler-boundary">
3012 <title>Interrupts at the period (fragment) boundary</title>
3013 <para>
3014 This is the most frequently found type: the hardware
3015 generates an interrupt at each period boundary.
3016 In this case, you can call
3017 <function>snd_pcm_period_elapsed()</function> at each
3018 interrupt.
3019 </para>
3020
3021 <para>
3022 <function>snd_pcm_period_elapsed()</function> takes the
3023 substream pointer as its argument. Thus, you need to keep the
3024 substream pointer accessible from the chip instance. For
3025 example, define substream field in the chip record to hold the
3026 current running substream pointer, and set the pointer value
3027 at open callback (and reset at close callback).
3028 </para>
3029
3030 <para>
Adrian Bunk04187262006-06-30 18:23:04 +02003031 If you acquire a spinlock in the interrupt handler, and the
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003032 lock is used in other pcm callbacks, too, then you have to
3033 release the lock before calling
3034 <function>snd_pcm_period_elapsed()</function>, because
3035 <function>snd_pcm_period_elapsed()</function> calls other pcm
3036 callbacks inside.
3037 </para>
3038
3039 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003040 Typical code would be like:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003041
3042 <example>
3043 <title>Interrupt Handler Case #1</title>
3044 <programlisting>
3045<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwaiad4d1de2007-01-16 17:46:35 +01003046 static irqreturn_t snd_mychip_interrupt(int irq, void *dev_id)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003047 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003048 struct mychip *chip = dev_id;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003049 spin_lock(&chip->lock);
3050 ....
3051 if (pcm_irq_invoked(chip)) {
3052 /* call updater, unlock before it */
3053 spin_unlock(&chip->lock);
3054 snd_pcm_period_elapsed(chip->substream);
3055 spin_lock(&chip->lock);
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02003056 /* acknowledge the interrupt if necessary */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003057 }
3058 ....
3059 spin_unlock(&chip->lock);
3060 return IRQ_HANDLED;
3061 }
3062]]>
3063 </programlisting>
3064 </example>
3065 </para>
3066 </section>
3067
3068 <section id="pcm-interface-interrupt-handler-timer">
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003069 <title>High frequency timer interrupts</title>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003070 <para>
Antonio Ospited4dab5a2013-01-29 12:56:28 +01003071 This happens when the hardware doesn't generate interrupts
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003072 at the period boundary but issues timer interrupts at a fixed
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003073 timer rate (e.g. es1968 or ymfpci drivers).
3074 In this case, you need to check the current hardware
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003075 position and accumulate the processed sample length at each
3076 interrupt. When the accumulated size exceeds the period
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003077 size, call
3078 <function>snd_pcm_period_elapsed()</function> and reset the
3079 accumulator.
3080 </para>
3081
3082 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003083 Typical code would be like the following.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003084
3085 <example>
3086 <title>Interrupt Handler Case #2</title>
3087 <programlisting>
3088<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwaiad4d1de2007-01-16 17:46:35 +01003089 static irqreturn_t snd_mychip_interrupt(int irq, void *dev_id)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003090 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003091 struct mychip *chip = dev_id;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003092 spin_lock(&chip->lock);
3093 ....
3094 if (pcm_irq_invoked(chip)) {
3095 unsigned int last_ptr, size;
3096 /* get the current hardware pointer (in frames) */
3097 last_ptr = get_hw_ptr(chip);
3098 /* calculate the processed frames since the
3099 * last update
3100 */
3101 if (last_ptr < chip->last_ptr)
3102 size = runtime->buffer_size + last_ptr
3103 - chip->last_ptr;
3104 else
3105 size = last_ptr - chip->last_ptr;
3106 /* remember the last updated point */
3107 chip->last_ptr = last_ptr;
3108 /* accumulate the size */
3109 chip->size += size;
3110 /* over the period boundary? */
3111 if (chip->size >= runtime->period_size) {
3112 /* reset the accumulator */
3113 chip->size %= runtime->period_size;
3114 /* call updater */
3115 spin_unlock(&chip->lock);
3116 snd_pcm_period_elapsed(substream);
3117 spin_lock(&chip->lock);
3118 }
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02003119 /* acknowledge the interrupt if necessary */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003120 }
3121 ....
3122 spin_unlock(&chip->lock);
3123 return IRQ_HANDLED;
3124 }
3125]]>
3126 </programlisting>
3127 </example>
3128 </para>
3129 </section>
3130
3131 <section id="pcm-interface-interrupt-handler-both">
3132 <title>On calling <function>snd_pcm_period_elapsed()</function></title>
3133 <para>
3134 In both cases, even if more than one period are elapsed, you
3135 don't have to call
3136 <function>snd_pcm_period_elapsed()</function> many times. Call
3137 only once. And the pcm layer will check the current hardware
3138 pointer and update to the latest status.
3139 </para>
3140 </section>
3141 </section>
3142
3143 <section id="pcm-interface-atomicity">
3144 <title>Atomicity</title>
3145 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003146 One of the most important (and thus difficult to debug) problems
3147 in kernel programming are race conditions.
3148 In the Linux kernel, they are usually avoided via spin-locks, mutexes
3149 or semaphores. In general, if a race condition can happen
3150 in an interrupt handler, it has to be managed atomically, and you
3151 have to use a spinlock to protect the critical session. If the
3152 critical section is not in interrupt handler code and
3153 if taking a relatively long time to execute is acceptable, you
3154 should use mutexes or semaphores instead.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003155 </para>
3156
3157 <para>
3158 As already seen, some pcm callbacks are atomic and some are
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003159 not. For example, the <parameter>hw_params</parameter> callback is
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003160 non-atomic, while <parameter>trigger</parameter> callback is
3161 atomic. This means, the latter is called already in a spinlock
3162 held by the PCM middle layer. Please take this atomicity into
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003163 account when you choose a locking scheme in the callbacks.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003164 </para>
3165
3166 <para>
3167 In the atomic callbacks, you cannot use functions which may call
3168 <function>schedule</function> or go to
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003169 <function>sleep</function>. Semaphores and mutexes can sleep,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003170 and hence they cannot be used inside the atomic callbacks
3171 (e.g. <parameter>trigger</parameter> callback).
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003172 To implement some delay in such a callback, please use
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003173 <function>udelay()</function> or <function>mdelay()</function>.
3174 </para>
3175
3176 <para>
3177 All three atomic callbacks (trigger, pointer, and ack) are
3178 called with local interrupts disabled.
3179 </para>
3180
Takashi Iwai941a74c2014-09-15 15:22:02 +02003181 <para>
3182 The recent changes in PCM core code, however, allow all PCM
3183 operations to be non-atomic. This assumes that the all caller
3184 sides are in non-atomic contexts. For example, the function
3185 <function>snd_pcm_period_elapsed()</function> is called
3186 typically from the interrupt handler. But, if you set up the
3187 driver to use a threaded interrupt handler, this call can be in
3188 non-atomic context, too. In such a case, you can set
3189 <structfield>nonatomic</structfield> filed of
3190 <structname>snd_pcm</structname> object after creating it.
3191 When this flag is set, mutex and rwsem are used internally in
3192 the PCM core instead of spin and rwlocks, so that you can call
3193 all PCM functions safely in a non-atomic context.
3194 </para>
3195
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003196 </section>
3197 <section id="pcm-interface-constraints">
3198 <title>Constraints</title>
3199 <para>
3200 If your chip supports unconventional sample rates, or only the
3201 limited samples, you need to set a constraint for the
3202 condition.
3203 </para>
3204
3205 <para>
3206 For example, in order to restrict the sample rates in the some
3207 supported values, use
3208 <function>snd_pcm_hw_constraint_list()</function>.
3209 You need to call this function in the open callback.
3210
3211 <example>
3212 <title>Example of Hardware Constraints</title>
3213 <programlisting>
3214<![CDATA[
3215 static unsigned int rates[] =
3216 {4000, 10000, 22050, 44100};
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003217 static struct snd_pcm_hw_constraint_list constraints_rates = {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003218 .count = ARRAY_SIZE(rates),
3219 .list = rates,
3220 .mask = 0,
3221 };
3222
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003223 static int snd_mychip_pcm_open(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003224 {
3225 int err;
3226 ....
3227 err = snd_pcm_hw_constraint_list(substream->runtime, 0,
3228 SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_RATE,
3229 &constraints_rates);
3230 if (err < 0)
3231 return err;
3232 ....
3233 }
3234]]>
3235 </programlisting>
3236 </example>
3237 </para>
3238
3239 <para>
3240 There are many different constraints.
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003241 Look at <filename>sound/pcm.h</filename> for a complete list.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003242 You can even define your own constraint rules.
3243 For example, let's suppose my_chip can manage a substream of 1 channel
3244 if and only if the format is S16_LE, otherwise it supports any format
Nicolas Kaiser5bda9fa2007-01-22 14:54:33 +01003245 specified in the <structname>snd_pcm_hardware</structname> structure (or in any
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003246 other constraint_list). You can build a rule like this:
3247
3248 <example>
3249 <title>Example of Hardware Constraints for Channels</title>
3250 <programlisting>
3251<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwaia690a2a2013-02-05 12:24:22 +01003252 static int hw_rule_channels_by_format(struct snd_pcm_hw_params *params,
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003253 struct snd_pcm_hw_rule *rule)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003254 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003255 struct snd_interval *c = hw_param_interval(params,
Takashi Iwaia690a2a2013-02-05 12:24:22 +01003256 SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS);
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003257 struct snd_mask *f = hw_param_mask(params, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT);
Takashi Iwaia690a2a2013-02-05 12:24:22 +01003258 struct snd_interval ch;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003259
Takashi Iwaia690a2a2013-02-05 12:24:22 +01003260 snd_interval_any(&ch);
3261 if (f->bits[0] == SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE) {
3262 ch.min = ch.max = 1;
3263 ch.integer = 1;
3264 return snd_interval_refine(c, &ch);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003265 }
3266 return 0;
3267 }
3268]]>
3269 </programlisting>
3270 </example>
3271 </para>
3272
3273 <para>
3274 Then you need to call this function to add your rule:
3275
3276 <informalexample>
3277 <programlisting>
3278<![CDATA[
3279 snd_pcm_hw_rule_add(substream->runtime, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS,
Takashi Iwai16c5ab12013-02-05 14:23:53 +01003280 hw_rule_channels_by_format, NULL,
3281 SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT, -1);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003282]]>
3283 </programlisting>
3284 </informalexample>
3285 </para>
3286
3287 <para>
Takashi Iwaia690a2a2013-02-05 12:24:22 +01003288 The rule function is called when an application sets the PCM
3289 format, and it refines the number of channels accordingly.
3290 But an application may set the number of channels before
3291 setting the format. Thus you also need to define the inverse rule:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003292
3293 <example>
Takashi Iwaia690a2a2013-02-05 12:24:22 +01003294 <title>Example of Hardware Constraints for Formats</title>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003295 <programlisting>
3296<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwaia690a2a2013-02-05 12:24:22 +01003297 static int hw_rule_format_by_channels(struct snd_pcm_hw_params *params,
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003298 struct snd_pcm_hw_rule *rule)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003299 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003300 struct snd_interval *c = hw_param_interval(params,
Takashi Iwaia690a2a2013-02-05 12:24:22 +01003301 SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS);
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003302 struct snd_mask *f = hw_param_mask(params, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT);
Takashi Iwaia690a2a2013-02-05 12:24:22 +01003303 struct snd_mask fmt;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003304
Takashi Iwaia690a2a2013-02-05 12:24:22 +01003305 snd_mask_any(&fmt); /* Init the struct */
3306 if (c->min < 2) {
3307 fmt.bits[0] &= SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE;
3308 return snd_mask_refine(f, &fmt);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003309 }
3310 return 0;
3311 }
3312]]>
3313 </programlisting>
3314 </example>
3315 </para>
3316
3317 <para>
3318 ...and in the open callback:
3319 <informalexample>
3320 <programlisting>
3321<![CDATA[
3322 snd_pcm_hw_rule_add(substream->runtime, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT,
Takashi Iwai16c5ab12013-02-05 14:23:53 +01003323 hw_rule_format_by_channels, NULL,
3324 SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS, -1);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003325]]>
3326 </programlisting>
3327 </informalexample>
3328 </para>
3329
3330 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003331 I won't give more details here, rather I
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003332 would like to say, <quote>Luke, use the source.</quote>
3333 </para>
3334 </section>
3335
3336 </chapter>
3337
3338
3339<!-- ****************************************************** -->
3340<!-- Control Interface -->
3341<!-- ****************************************************** -->
3342 <chapter id="control-interface">
3343 <title>Control Interface</title>
3344
3345 <section id="control-interface-general">
3346 <title>General</title>
3347 <para>
3348 The control interface is used widely for many switches,
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003349 sliders, etc. which are accessed from user-space. Its most
3350 important use is the mixer interface. In other words, since ALSA
3351 0.9.x, all the mixer stuff is implemented on the control kernel API.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003352 </para>
3353
3354 <para>
3355 ALSA has a well-defined AC97 control module. If your chip
3356 supports only the AC97 and nothing else, you can skip this
3357 section.
3358 </para>
3359
3360 <para>
3361 The control API is defined in
3362 <filename>&lt;sound/control.h&gt;</filename>.
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003363 Include this file if you want to add your own controls.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003364 </para>
3365 </section>
3366
3367 <section id="control-interface-definition">
3368 <title>Definition of Controls</title>
3369 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003370 To create a new control, you need to define the
3371 following three
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003372 callbacks: <structfield>info</structfield>,
3373 <structfield>get</structfield> and
3374 <structfield>put</structfield>. Then, define a
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003375 struct <structname>snd_kcontrol_new</structname> record, such as:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003376
3377 <example>
3378 <title>Definition of a Control</title>
3379 <programlisting>
3380<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai090015a2012-12-07 07:52:28 +01003381 static struct snd_kcontrol_new my_control = {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003382 .iface = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_MIXER,
3383 .name = "PCM Playback Switch",
3384 .index = 0,
3385 .access = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_READWRITE,
Takashi Iwai0b7bed42006-03-02 15:35:55 +01003386 .private_value = 0xffff,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003387 .info = my_control_info,
3388 .get = my_control_get,
3389 .put = my_control_put
3390 };
3391]]>
3392 </programlisting>
3393 </example>
3394 </para>
3395
3396 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003397 The <structfield>iface</structfield> field specifies the control
3398 type, <constant>SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_XXX</constant>, which
Clemens Ladisch67ed4162005-07-29 15:32:58 +02003399 is usually <constant>MIXER</constant>.
3400 Use <constant>CARD</constant> for global controls that are not
3401 logically part of the mixer.
3402 If the control is closely associated with some specific device on
3403 the sound card, use <constant>HWDEP</constant>,
3404 <constant>PCM</constant>, <constant>RAWMIDI</constant>,
3405 <constant>TIMER</constant>, or <constant>SEQUENCER</constant>, and
3406 specify the device number with the
3407 <structfield>device</structfield> and
3408 <structfield>subdevice</structfield> fields.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003409 </para>
3410
3411 <para>
3412 The <structfield>name</structfield> is the name identifier
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003413 string. Since ALSA 0.9.x, the control name is very important,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003414 because its role is classified from its name. There are
3415 pre-defined standard control names. The details are described in
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003416 the <link linkend="control-interface-control-names"><citetitle>
3417 Control Names</citetitle></link> subsection.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003418 </para>
3419
3420 <para>
3421 The <structfield>index</structfield> field holds the index number
3422 of this control. If there are several different controls with
3423 the same name, they can be distinguished by the index
3424 number. This is the case when
3425 several codecs exist on the card. If the index is zero, you can
3426 omit the definition above.
3427 </para>
3428
3429 <para>
3430 The <structfield>access</structfield> field contains the access
3431 type of this control. Give the combination of bit masks,
3432 <constant>SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_XXX</constant>, there.
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003433 The details will be explained in
3434 the <link linkend="control-interface-access-flags"><citetitle>
3435 Access Flags</citetitle></link> subsection.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003436 </para>
3437
3438 <para>
Takashi Iwai0b7bed42006-03-02 15:35:55 +01003439 The <structfield>private_value</structfield> field contains
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003440 an arbitrary long integer value for this record. When using
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003441 the generic <structfield>info</structfield>,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003442 <structfield>get</structfield> and
3443 <structfield>put</structfield> callbacks, you can pass a value
3444 through this field. If several small numbers are necessary, you can
3445 combine them in bitwise. Or, it's possible to give a pointer
3446 (casted to unsigned long) of some record to this field, too.
3447 </para>
3448
3449 <para>
Clemens Ladischd1761d12007-09-10 08:05:19 +02003450 The <structfield>tlv</structfield> field can be used to provide
3451 metadata about the control; see the
3452 <link linkend="control-interface-tlv">
3453 <citetitle>Metadata</citetitle></link> subsection.
3454 </para>
3455
3456 <para>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003457 The other three are
3458 <link linkend="control-interface-callbacks"><citetitle>
3459 callback functions</citetitle></link>.
3460 </para>
3461 </section>
3462
3463 <section id="control-interface-control-names">
3464 <title>Control Names</title>
3465 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003466 There are some standards to define the control names. A
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003467 control is usually defined from the three parts as
3468 <quote>SOURCE DIRECTION FUNCTION</quote>.
3469 </para>
3470
3471 <para>
3472 The first, <constant>SOURCE</constant>, specifies the source
3473 of the control, and is a string such as <quote>Master</quote>,
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003474 <quote>PCM</quote>, <quote>CD</quote> and
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003475 <quote>Line</quote>. There are many pre-defined sources.
3476 </para>
3477
3478 <para>
3479 The second, <constant>DIRECTION</constant>, is one of the
3480 following strings according to the direction of the control:
3481 <quote>Playback</quote>, <quote>Capture</quote>, <quote>Bypass
3482 Playback</quote> and <quote>Bypass Capture</quote>. Or, it can
3483 be omitted, meaning both playback and capture directions.
3484 </para>
3485
3486 <para>
3487 The third, <constant>FUNCTION</constant>, is one of the
3488 following strings according to the function of the control:
3489 <quote>Switch</quote>, <quote>Volume</quote> and
3490 <quote>Route</quote>.
3491 </para>
3492
3493 <para>
3494 The example of control names are, thus, <quote>Master Capture
3495 Switch</quote> or <quote>PCM Playback Volume</quote>.
3496 </para>
3497
3498 <para>
3499 There are some exceptions:
3500 </para>
3501
3502 <section id="control-interface-control-names-global">
3503 <title>Global capture and playback</title>
3504 <para>
3505 <quote>Capture Source</quote>, <quote>Capture Switch</quote>
3506 and <quote>Capture Volume</quote> are used for the global
3507 capture (input) source, switch and volume. Similarly,
3508 <quote>Playback Switch</quote> and <quote>Playback
3509 Volume</quote> are used for the global output gain switch and
3510 volume.
3511 </para>
3512 </section>
3513
3514 <section id="control-interface-control-names-tone">
3515 <title>Tone-controls</title>
3516 <para>
3517 tone-control switch and volumes are specified like
3518 <quote>Tone Control - XXX</quote>, e.g. <quote>Tone Control -
3519 Switch</quote>, <quote>Tone Control - Bass</quote>,
3520 <quote>Tone Control - Center</quote>.
3521 </para>
3522 </section>
3523
3524 <section id="control-interface-control-names-3d">
3525 <title>3D controls</title>
3526 <para>
3527 3D-control switches and volumes are specified like <quote>3D
3528 Control - XXX</quote>, e.g. <quote>3D Control -
3529 Switch</quote>, <quote>3D Control - Center</quote>, <quote>3D
3530 Control - Space</quote>.
3531 </para>
3532 </section>
3533
3534 <section id="control-interface-control-names-mic">
3535 <title>Mic boost</title>
3536 <para>
3537 Mic-boost switch is set as <quote>Mic Boost</quote> or
3538 <quote>Mic Boost (6dB)</quote>.
3539 </para>
3540
3541 <para>
3542 More precise information can be found in
3543 <filename>Documentation/sound/alsa/ControlNames.txt</filename>.
3544 </para>
3545 </section>
3546 </section>
3547
3548 <section id="control-interface-access-flags">
3549 <title>Access Flags</title>
3550
3551 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003552 The access flag is the bitmask which specifies the access type
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003553 of the given control. The default access type is
3554 <constant>SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_READWRITE</constant>,
3555 which means both read and write are allowed to this control.
3556 When the access flag is omitted (i.e. = 0), it is
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003557 considered as <constant>READWRITE</constant> access as default.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003558 </para>
3559
3560 <para>
3561 When the control is read-only, pass
3562 <constant>SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_READ</constant> instead.
3563 In this case, you don't have to define
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003564 the <structfield>put</structfield> callback.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003565 Similarly, when the control is write-only (although it's a rare
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003566 case), you can use the <constant>WRITE</constant> flag instead, and
3567 you don't need the <structfield>get</structfield> callback.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003568 </para>
3569
3570 <para>
3571 If the control value changes frequently (e.g. the VU meter),
3572 <constant>VOLATILE</constant> flag should be given. This means
3573 that the control may be changed without
3574 <link linkend="control-interface-change-notification"><citetitle>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003575 notification</citetitle></link>. Applications should poll such
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003576 a control constantly.
3577 </para>
3578
3579 <para>
3580 When the control is inactive, set
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003581 the <constant>INACTIVE</constant> flag, too.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003582 There are <constant>LOCK</constant> and
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003583 <constant>OWNER</constant> flags to change the write
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003584 permissions.
3585 </para>
3586
3587 </section>
3588
3589 <section id="control-interface-callbacks">
3590 <title>Callbacks</title>
3591
3592 <section id="control-interface-callbacks-info">
3593 <title>info callback</title>
3594 <para>
3595 The <structfield>info</structfield> callback is used to get
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003596 detailed information on this control. This must store the
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003597 values of the given struct <structname>snd_ctl_elem_info</structname>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003598 object. For example, for a boolean control with a single
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003599 element:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003600
3601 <example>
3602 <title>Example of info callback</title>
3603 <programlisting>
3604<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02003605 static int snd_myctl_mono_info(struct snd_kcontrol *kcontrol,
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003606 struct snd_ctl_elem_info *uinfo)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003607 {
3608 uinfo->type = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_TYPE_BOOLEAN;
3609 uinfo->count = 1;
3610 uinfo->value.integer.min = 0;
3611 uinfo->value.integer.max = 1;
3612 return 0;
3613 }
3614]]>
3615 </programlisting>
3616 </example>
3617 </para>
3618
3619 <para>
3620 The <structfield>type</structfield> field specifies the type
3621 of the control. There are <constant>BOOLEAN</constant>,
3622 <constant>INTEGER</constant>, <constant>ENUMERATED</constant>,
3623 <constant>BYTES</constant>, <constant>IEC958</constant> and
3624 <constant>INTEGER64</constant>. The
3625 <structfield>count</structfield> field specifies the
3626 number of elements in this control. For example, a stereo
3627 volume would have count = 2. The
3628 <structfield>value</structfield> field is a union, and
3629 the values stored are depending on the type. The boolean and
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003630 integer types are identical.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003631 </para>
3632
3633 <para>
3634 The enumerated type is a bit different from others. You'll
3635 need to set the string for the currently given item index.
3636
3637 <informalexample>
3638 <programlisting>
3639<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02003640 static int snd_myctl_enum_info(struct snd_kcontrol *kcontrol,
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003641 struct snd_ctl_elem_info *uinfo)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003642 {
3643 static char *texts[4] = {
3644 "First", "Second", "Third", "Fourth"
3645 };
3646 uinfo->type = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_TYPE_ENUMERATED;
3647 uinfo->count = 1;
3648 uinfo->value.enumerated.items = 4;
3649 if (uinfo->value.enumerated.item > 3)
3650 uinfo->value.enumerated.item = 3;
3651 strcpy(uinfo->value.enumerated.name,
3652 texts[uinfo->value.enumerated.item]);
3653 return 0;
3654 }
3655]]>
3656 </programlisting>
3657 </informalexample>
3658 </para>
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02003659
3660 <para>
Takashi Iwaibe937092014-10-20 18:06:04 +02003661 The above callback can be simplified with a helper function,
3662 <function>snd_ctl_enum_info</function>. The final code
3663 looks like below.
3664 (You can pass ARRAY_SIZE(texts) instead of 4 in the third
3665 argument; it's a matter of taste.)
3666
3667 <informalexample>
3668 <programlisting>
3669<![CDATA[
3670 static int snd_myctl_enum_info(struct snd_kcontrol *kcontrol,
3671 struct snd_ctl_elem_info *uinfo)
3672 {
3673 static char *texts[4] = {
3674 "First", "Second", "Third", "Fourth"
3675 };
3676 return snd_ctl_enum_info(uinfo, 1, 4, texts);
3677 }
3678]]>
3679 </programlisting>
3680 </informalexample>
3681 </para>
3682
3683 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003684 Some common info callbacks are available for your convenience:
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02003685 <function>snd_ctl_boolean_mono_info()</function> and
3686 <function>snd_ctl_boolean_stereo_info()</function>.
3687 Obviously, the former is an info callback for a mono channel
3688 boolean item, just like <function>snd_myctl_mono_info</function>
3689 above, and the latter is for a stereo channel boolean item.
3690 </para>
3691
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003692 </section>
3693
3694 <section id="control-interface-callbacks-get">
3695 <title>get callback</title>
3696
3697 <para>
3698 This callback is used to read the current value of the
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003699 control and to return to user-space.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003700 </para>
3701
3702 <para>
3703 For example,
3704
3705 <example>
3706 <title>Example of get callback</title>
3707 <programlisting>
3708<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003709 static int snd_myctl_get(struct snd_kcontrol *kcontrol,
3710 struct snd_ctl_elem_value *ucontrol)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003711 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003712 struct mychip *chip = snd_kcontrol_chip(kcontrol);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003713 ucontrol->value.integer.value[0] = get_some_value(chip);
3714 return 0;
3715 }
3716]]>
3717 </programlisting>
3718 </example>
3719 </para>
3720
3721 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003722 The <structfield>value</structfield> field depends on
3723 the type of control as well as on the info callback. For example,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003724 the sb driver uses this field to store the register offset,
3725 the bit-shift and the bit-mask. The
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003726 <structfield>private_value</structfield> field is set as follows:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003727 <informalexample>
3728 <programlisting>
3729<![CDATA[
3730 .private_value = reg | (shift << 16) | (mask << 24)
3731]]>
3732 </programlisting>
3733 </informalexample>
3734 and is retrieved in callbacks like
3735 <informalexample>
3736 <programlisting>
3737<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003738 static int snd_sbmixer_get_single(struct snd_kcontrol *kcontrol,
3739 struct snd_ctl_elem_value *ucontrol)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003740 {
3741 int reg = kcontrol->private_value & 0xff;
3742 int shift = (kcontrol->private_value >> 16) & 0xff;
3743 int mask = (kcontrol->private_value >> 24) & 0xff;
3744 ....
3745 }
3746]]>
3747 </programlisting>
3748 </informalexample>
3749 </para>
3750
3751 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003752 In the <structfield>get</structfield> callback,
3753 you have to fill all the elements if the
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003754 control has more than one elements,
3755 i.e. <structfield>count</structfield> &gt; 1.
3756 In the example above, we filled only one element
3757 (<structfield>value.integer.value[0]</structfield>) since it's
3758 assumed as <structfield>count</structfield> = 1.
3759 </para>
3760 </section>
3761
3762 <section id="control-interface-callbacks-put">
3763 <title>put callback</title>
3764
3765 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003766 This callback is used to write a value from user-space.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003767 </para>
3768
3769 <para>
3770 For example,
3771
3772 <example>
3773 <title>Example of put callback</title>
3774 <programlisting>
3775<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003776 static int snd_myctl_put(struct snd_kcontrol *kcontrol,
3777 struct snd_ctl_elem_value *ucontrol)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003778 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003779 struct mychip *chip = snd_kcontrol_chip(kcontrol);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003780 int changed = 0;
3781 if (chip->current_value !=
3782 ucontrol->value.integer.value[0]) {
3783 change_current_value(chip,
3784 ucontrol->value.integer.value[0]);
3785 changed = 1;
3786 }
3787 return changed;
3788 }
3789]]>
3790 </programlisting>
3791 </example>
3792
3793 As seen above, you have to return 1 if the value is
3794 changed. If the value is not changed, return 0 instead.
3795 If any fatal error happens, return a negative error code as
3796 usual.
3797 </para>
3798
3799 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003800 As in the <structfield>get</structfield> callback,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003801 when the control has more than one elements,
Nicolas Kaiser5bda9fa2007-01-22 14:54:33 +01003802 all elements must be evaluated in this callback, too.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003803 </para>
3804 </section>
3805
3806 <section id="control-interface-callbacks-all">
3807 <title>Callbacks are not atomic</title>
3808 <para>
3809 All these three callbacks are basically not atomic.
3810 </para>
3811 </section>
3812 </section>
3813
3814 <section id="control-interface-constructor">
3815 <title>Constructor</title>
3816 <para>
3817 When everything is ready, finally we can create a new
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003818 control. To create a control, there are two functions to be
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003819 called, <function>snd_ctl_new1()</function> and
3820 <function>snd_ctl_add()</function>.
3821 </para>
3822
3823 <para>
3824 In the simplest way, you can do like this:
3825
3826 <informalexample>
3827 <programlisting>
3828<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02003829 err = snd_ctl_add(card, snd_ctl_new1(&my_control, chip));
3830 if (err < 0)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003831 return err;
3832]]>
3833 </programlisting>
3834 </informalexample>
3835
3836 where <parameter>my_control</parameter> is the
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003837 struct <structname>snd_kcontrol_new</structname> object defined above, and chip
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003838 is the object pointer to be passed to
3839 kcontrol-&gt;private_data
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003840 which can be referred to in callbacks.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003841 </para>
3842
3843 <para>
3844 <function>snd_ctl_new1()</function> allocates a new
Takashi Iwai090015a2012-12-07 07:52:28 +01003845 <structname>snd_kcontrol</structname> instance,
3846 and <function>snd_ctl_add</function> assigns the given
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003847 control component to the card.
3848 </para>
3849 </section>
3850
3851 <section id="control-interface-change-notification">
3852 <title>Change Notification</title>
3853 <para>
3854 If you need to change and update a control in the interrupt
3855 routine, you can call <function>snd_ctl_notify()</function>. For
3856 example,
3857
3858 <informalexample>
3859 <programlisting>
3860<![CDATA[
3861 snd_ctl_notify(card, SNDRV_CTL_EVENT_MASK_VALUE, id_pointer);
3862]]>
3863 </programlisting>
3864 </informalexample>
3865
3866 This function takes the card pointer, the event-mask, and the
3867 control id pointer for the notification. The event-mask
3868 specifies the types of notification, for example, in the above
3869 example, the change of control values is notified.
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003870 The id pointer is the pointer of struct <structname>snd_ctl_elem_id</structname>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003871 to be notified.
3872 You can find some examples in <filename>es1938.c</filename> or
3873 <filename>es1968.c</filename> for hardware volume interrupts.
3874 </para>
3875 </section>
3876
Clemens Ladischd1761d12007-09-10 08:05:19 +02003877 <section id="control-interface-tlv">
3878 <title>Metadata</title>
3879 <para>
3880 To provide information about the dB values of a mixer control, use
3881 on of the <constant>DECLARE_TLV_xxx</constant> macros from
3882 <filename>&lt;sound/tlv.h&gt;</filename> to define a variable
3883 containing this information, set the<structfield>tlv.p
3884 </structfield> field to point to this variable, and include the
3885 <constant>SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_TLV_READ</constant> flag in the
3886 <structfield>access</structfield> field; like this:
3887 <informalexample>
3888 <programlisting>
3889<![CDATA[
3890 static DECLARE_TLV_DB_SCALE(db_scale_my_control, -4050, 150, 0);
3891
Takashi Iwai090015a2012-12-07 07:52:28 +01003892 static struct snd_kcontrol_new my_control = {
Clemens Ladischd1761d12007-09-10 08:05:19 +02003893 ...
3894 .access = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_READWRITE |
3895 SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_TLV_READ,
3896 ...
3897 .tlv.p = db_scale_my_control,
3898 };
3899]]>
3900 </programlisting>
3901 </informalexample>
3902 </para>
3903
3904 <para>
3905 The <function>DECLARE_TLV_DB_SCALE</function> macro defines
3906 information about a mixer control where each step in the control's
3907 value changes the dB value by a constant dB amount.
3908 The first parameter is the name of the variable to be defined.
3909 The second parameter is the minimum value, in units of 0.01 dB.
3910 The third parameter is the step size, in units of 0.01 dB.
3911 Set the fourth parameter to 1 if the minimum value actually mutes
3912 the control.
3913 </para>
3914
3915 <para>
3916 The <function>DECLARE_TLV_DB_LINEAR</function> macro defines
3917 information about a mixer control where the control's value affects
3918 the output linearly.
3919 The first parameter is the name of the variable to be defined.
3920 The second parameter is the minimum value, in units of 0.01 dB.
3921 The third parameter is the maximum value, in units of 0.01 dB.
3922 If the minimum value mutes the control, set the second parameter to
3923 <constant>TLV_DB_GAIN_MUTE</constant>.
3924 </para>
3925 </section>
3926
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003927 </chapter>
3928
3929
3930<!-- ****************************************************** -->
3931<!-- API for AC97 Codec -->
3932<!-- ****************************************************** -->
3933 <chapter id="api-ac97">
3934 <title>API for AC97 Codec</title>
3935
3936 <section>
3937 <title>General</title>
3938 <para>
3939 The ALSA AC97 codec layer is a well-defined one, and you don't
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02003940 have to write much code to control it. Only low-level control
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003941 routines are necessary. The AC97 codec API is defined in
3942 <filename>&lt;sound/ac97_codec.h&gt;</filename>.
3943 </para>
3944 </section>
3945
3946 <section id="api-ac97-example">
3947 <title>Full Code Example</title>
3948 <para>
3949 <example>
3950 <title>Example of AC97 Interface</title>
3951 <programlisting>
3952<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003953 struct mychip {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003954 ....
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003955 struct snd_ac97 *ac97;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003956 ....
3957 };
3958
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003959 static unsigned short snd_mychip_ac97_read(struct snd_ac97 *ac97,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003960 unsigned short reg)
3961 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003962 struct mychip *chip = ac97->private_data;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003963 ....
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02003964 /* read a register value here from the codec */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003965 return the_register_value;
3966 }
3967
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003968 static void snd_mychip_ac97_write(struct snd_ac97 *ac97,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003969 unsigned short reg, unsigned short val)
3970 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003971 struct mychip *chip = ac97->private_data;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003972 ....
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02003973 /* write the given register value to the codec */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003974 }
3975
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003976 static int snd_mychip_ac97(struct mychip *chip)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003977 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003978 struct snd_ac97_bus *bus;
3979 struct snd_ac97_template ac97;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003980 int err;
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01003981 static struct snd_ac97_bus_ops ops = {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003982 .write = snd_mychip_ac97_write,
3983 .read = snd_mychip_ac97_read,
3984 };
3985
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02003986 err = snd_ac97_bus(chip->card, 0, &ops, NULL, &bus);
3987 if (err < 0)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003988 return err;
3989 memset(&ac97, 0, sizeof(ac97));
3990 ac97.private_data = chip;
3991 return snd_ac97_mixer(bus, &ac97, &chip->ac97);
3992 }
3993
3994]]>
3995 </programlisting>
3996 </example>
3997 </para>
3998 </section>
3999
4000 <section id="api-ac97-constructor">
4001 <title>Constructor</title>
4002 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004003 To create an ac97 instance, first call <function>snd_ac97_bus</function>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004004 with an <type>ac97_bus_ops_t</type> record with callback functions.
4005
4006 <informalexample>
4007 <programlisting>
4008<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004009 struct snd_ac97_bus *bus;
4010 static struct snd_ac97_bus_ops ops = {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004011 .write = snd_mychip_ac97_write,
4012 .read = snd_mychip_ac97_read,
4013 };
4014
4015 snd_ac97_bus(card, 0, &ops, NULL, &pbus);
4016]]>
4017 </programlisting>
4018 </informalexample>
4019
4020 The bus record is shared among all belonging ac97 instances.
4021 </para>
4022
4023 <para>
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004024 And then call <function>snd_ac97_mixer()</function> with an
4025 struct <structname>snd_ac97_template</structname>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004026 record together with the bus pointer created above.
4027
4028 <informalexample>
4029 <programlisting>
4030<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004031 struct snd_ac97_template ac97;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004032 int err;
4033
4034 memset(&ac97, 0, sizeof(ac97));
4035 ac97.private_data = chip;
4036 snd_ac97_mixer(bus, &ac97, &chip->ac97);
4037]]>
4038 </programlisting>
4039 </informalexample>
4040
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004041 where chip-&gt;ac97 is a pointer to a newly created
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004042 <type>ac97_t</type> instance.
4043 In this case, the chip pointer is set as the private data, so that
4044 the read/write callback functions can refer to this chip instance.
4045 This instance is not necessarily stored in the chip
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004046 record. If you need to change the register values from the
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004047 driver, or need the suspend/resume of ac97 codecs, keep this
4048 pointer to pass to the corresponding functions.
4049 </para>
4050 </section>
4051
4052 <section id="api-ac97-callbacks">
4053 <title>Callbacks</title>
4054 <para>
4055 The standard callbacks are <structfield>read</structfield> and
4056 <structfield>write</structfield>. Obviously they
4057 correspond to the functions for read and write accesses to the
4058 hardware low-level codes.
4059 </para>
4060
4061 <para>
4062 The <structfield>read</structfield> callback returns the
4063 register value specified in the argument.
4064
4065 <informalexample>
4066 <programlisting>
4067<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004068 static unsigned short snd_mychip_ac97_read(struct snd_ac97 *ac97,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004069 unsigned short reg)
4070 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004071 struct mychip *chip = ac97->private_data;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004072 ....
4073 return the_register_value;
4074 }
4075]]>
4076 </programlisting>
4077 </informalexample>
4078
4079 Here, the chip can be cast from ac97-&gt;private_data.
4080 </para>
4081
4082 <para>
4083 Meanwhile, the <structfield>write</structfield> callback is
4084 used to set the register value.
4085
4086 <informalexample>
4087 <programlisting>
4088<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004089 static void snd_mychip_ac97_write(struct snd_ac97 *ac97,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004090 unsigned short reg, unsigned short val)
4091]]>
4092 </programlisting>
4093 </informalexample>
4094 </para>
4095
4096 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004097 These callbacks are non-atomic like the control API callbacks.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004098 </para>
4099
4100 <para>
4101 There are also other callbacks:
4102 <structfield>reset</structfield>,
4103 <structfield>wait</structfield> and
4104 <structfield>init</structfield>.
4105 </para>
4106
4107 <para>
4108 The <structfield>reset</structfield> callback is used to reset
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004109 the codec. If the chip requires a special kind of reset, you can
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004110 define this callback.
4111 </para>
4112
4113 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004114 The <structfield>wait</structfield> callback is used to
4115 add some waiting time in the standard initialization of the codec. If the
4116 chip requires the extra waiting time, define this callback.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004117 </para>
4118
4119 <para>
4120 The <structfield>init</structfield> callback is used for
4121 additional initialization of the codec.
4122 </para>
4123 </section>
4124
4125 <section id="api-ac97-updating-registers">
4126 <title>Updating Registers in The Driver</title>
4127 <para>
4128 If you need to access to the codec from the driver, you can
4129 call the following functions:
4130 <function>snd_ac97_write()</function>,
4131 <function>snd_ac97_read()</function>,
4132 <function>snd_ac97_update()</function> and
4133 <function>snd_ac97_update_bits()</function>.
4134 </para>
4135
4136 <para>
4137 Both <function>snd_ac97_write()</function> and
4138 <function>snd_ac97_update()</function> functions are used to
4139 set a value to the given register
4140 (<constant>AC97_XXX</constant>). The difference between them is
4141 that <function>snd_ac97_update()</function> doesn't write a
4142 value if the given value has been already set, while
4143 <function>snd_ac97_write()</function> always rewrites the
4144 value.
4145
4146 <informalexample>
4147 <programlisting>
4148<![CDATA[
4149 snd_ac97_write(ac97, AC97_MASTER, 0x8080);
4150 snd_ac97_update(ac97, AC97_MASTER, 0x8080);
4151]]>
4152 </programlisting>
4153 </informalexample>
4154 </para>
4155
4156 <para>
4157 <function>snd_ac97_read()</function> is used to read the value
4158 of the given register. For example,
4159
4160 <informalexample>
4161 <programlisting>
4162<![CDATA[
4163 value = snd_ac97_read(ac97, AC97_MASTER);
4164]]>
4165 </programlisting>
4166 </informalexample>
4167 </para>
4168
4169 <para>
4170 <function>snd_ac97_update_bits()</function> is used to update
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004171 some bits in the given register.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004172
4173 <informalexample>
4174 <programlisting>
4175<![CDATA[
4176 snd_ac97_update_bits(ac97, reg, mask, value);
4177]]>
4178 </programlisting>
4179 </informalexample>
4180 </para>
4181
4182 <para>
4183 Also, there is a function to change the sample rate (of a
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004184 given register such as
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004185 <constant>AC97_PCM_FRONT_DAC_RATE</constant>) when VRA or
4186 DRA is supported by the codec:
4187 <function>snd_ac97_set_rate()</function>.
4188
4189 <informalexample>
4190 <programlisting>
4191<![CDATA[
4192 snd_ac97_set_rate(ac97, AC97_PCM_FRONT_DAC_RATE, 44100);
4193]]>
4194 </programlisting>
4195 </informalexample>
4196 </para>
4197
4198 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004199 The following registers are available to set the rate:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004200 <constant>AC97_PCM_MIC_ADC_RATE</constant>,
4201 <constant>AC97_PCM_FRONT_DAC_RATE</constant>,
4202 <constant>AC97_PCM_LR_ADC_RATE</constant>,
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004203 <constant>AC97_SPDIF</constant>. When
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004204 <constant>AC97_SPDIF</constant> is specified, the register is
4205 not really changed but the corresponding IEC958 status bits will
4206 be updated.
4207 </para>
4208 </section>
4209
4210 <section id="api-ac97-clock-adjustment">
4211 <title>Clock Adjustment</title>
4212 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004213 In some chips, the clock of the codec isn't 48000 but using a
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004214 PCI clock (to save a quartz!). In this case, change the field
4215 bus-&gt;clock to the corresponding
4216 value. For example, intel8x0
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004217 and es1968 drivers have their own function to read from the clock.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004218 </para>
4219 </section>
4220
4221 <section id="api-ac97-proc-files">
4222 <title>Proc Files</title>
4223 <para>
4224 The ALSA AC97 interface will create a proc file such as
4225 <filename>/proc/asound/card0/codec97#0/ac97#0-0</filename> and
4226 <filename>ac97#0-0+regs</filename>. You can refer to these files to
4227 see the current status and registers of the codec.
4228 </para>
4229 </section>
4230
4231 <section id="api-ac97-multiple-codecs">
4232 <title>Multiple Codecs</title>
4233 <para>
4234 When there are several codecs on the same card, you need to
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004235 call <function>snd_ac97_mixer()</function> multiple times with
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004236 ac97.num=1 or greater. The <structfield>num</structfield> field
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004237 specifies the codec number.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004238 </para>
4239
4240 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004241 If you set up multiple codecs, you either need to write
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004242 different callbacks for each codec or check
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004243 ac97-&gt;num in the callback routines.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004244 </para>
4245 </section>
4246
4247 </chapter>
4248
4249
4250<!-- ****************************************************** -->
4251<!-- MIDI (MPU401-UART) Interface -->
4252<!-- ****************************************************** -->
4253 <chapter id="midi-interface">
4254 <title>MIDI (MPU401-UART) Interface</title>
4255
4256 <section id="midi-interface-general">
4257 <title>General</title>
4258 <para>
4259 Many soundcards have built-in MIDI (MPU401-UART)
4260 interfaces. When the soundcard supports the standard MPU401-UART
4261 interface, most likely you can use the ALSA MPU401-UART API. The
4262 MPU401-UART API is defined in
4263 <filename>&lt;sound/mpu401.h&gt;</filename>.
4264 </para>
4265
4266 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004267 Some soundchips have a similar but slightly different
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004268 implementation of mpu401 stuff. For example, emu10k1 has its own
4269 mpu401 routines.
4270 </para>
4271 </section>
4272
4273 <section id="midi-interface-constructor">
4274 <title>Constructor</title>
4275 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004276 To create a rawmidi object, call
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004277 <function>snd_mpu401_uart_new()</function>.
4278
4279 <informalexample>
4280 <programlisting>
4281<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004282 struct snd_rawmidi *rmidi;
Takashi Iwai302e4c22006-05-23 13:24:30 +02004283 snd_mpu401_uart_new(card, 0, MPU401_HW_MPU401, port, info_flags,
Clemens Ladischdba8b462011-09-13 11:24:41 +02004284 irq, &rmidi);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004285]]>
4286 </programlisting>
4287 </informalexample>
4288 </para>
4289
4290 <para>
4291 The first argument is the card pointer, and the second is the
4292 index of this component. You can create up to 8 rawmidi
4293 devices.
4294 </para>
4295
4296 <para>
4297 The third argument is the type of the hardware,
4298 <constant>MPU401_HW_XXX</constant>. If it's not a special one,
4299 you can use <constant>MPU401_HW_MPU401</constant>.
4300 </para>
4301
4302 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004303 The 4th argument is the I/O port address. Many
4304 backward-compatible MPU401 have an I/O port such as 0x330. Or, it
4305 might be a part of its own PCI I/O region. It depends on the
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004306 chip design.
4307 </para>
4308
4309 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004310 The 5th argument is a bitflag for additional information.
4311 When the I/O port address above is part of the PCI I/O
4312 region, the MPU401 I/O port might have been already allocated
Takashi Iwai302e4c22006-05-23 13:24:30 +02004313 (reserved) by the driver itself. In such a case, pass a bit flag
4314 <constant>MPU401_INFO_INTEGRATED</constant>,
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004315 and the mpu401-uart layer will allocate the I/O ports by itself.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004316 </para>
4317
Takashi Iwai302e4c22006-05-23 13:24:30 +02004318 <para>
4319 When the controller supports only the input or output MIDI stream,
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004320 pass the <constant>MPU401_INFO_INPUT</constant> or
Takashi Iwai302e4c22006-05-23 13:24:30 +02004321 <constant>MPU401_INFO_OUTPUT</constant> bitflag, respectively.
4322 Then the rawmidi instance is created as a single stream.
4323 </para>
4324
4325 <para>
4326 <constant>MPU401_INFO_MMIO</constant> bitflag is used to change
4327 the access method to MMIO (via readb and writeb) instead of
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004328 iob and outb. In this case, you have to pass the iomapped address
Takashi Iwai302e4c22006-05-23 13:24:30 +02004329 to <function>snd_mpu401_uart_new()</function>.
4330 </para>
4331
4332 <para>
4333 When <constant>MPU401_INFO_TX_IRQ</constant> is set, the output
4334 stream isn't checked in the default interrupt handler. The driver
4335 needs to call <function>snd_mpu401_uart_interrupt_tx()</function>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004336 by itself to start processing the output stream in the irq handler.
Takashi Iwai302e4c22006-05-23 13:24:30 +02004337 </para>
4338
Clemens Ladischdba8b462011-09-13 11:24:41 +02004339 <para>
4340 If the MPU-401 interface shares its interrupt with the other logical
4341 devices on the card, set <constant>MPU401_INFO_IRQ_HOOK</constant>
4342 (see <link linkend="midi-interface-interrupt-handler"><citetitle>
4343 below</citetitle></link>).
4344 </para>
4345
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004346 <para>
4347 Usually, the port address corresponds to the command port and
4348 port + 1 corresponds to the data port. If not, you may change
4349 the <structfield>cport</structfield> field of
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004350 struct <structname>snd_mpu401</structname> manually
4351 afterward. However, <structname>snd_mpu401</structname> pointer is not
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004352 returned explicitly by
4353 <function>snd_mpu401_uart_new()</function>. You need to cast
4354 rmidi-&gt;private_data to
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004355 <structname>snd_mpu401</structname> explicitly,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004356
4357 <informalexample>
4358 <programlisting>
4359<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004360 struct snd_mpu401 *mpu;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004361 mpu = rmidi->private_data;
4362]]>
4363 </programlisting>
4364 </informalexample>
4365
4366 and reset the cport as you like:
4367
4368 <informalexample>
4369 <programlisting>
4370<![CDATA[
4371 mpu->cport = my_own_control_port;
4372]]>
4373 </programlisting>
4374 </informalexample>
4375 </para>
4376
4377 <para>
Clemens Ladischdba8b462011-09-13 11:24:41 +02004378 The 6th argument specifies the ISA irq number that will be
4379 allocated. If no interrupt is to be allocated (because your
4380 code is already allocating a shared interrupt, or because the
4381 device does not use interrupts), pass -1 instead.
4382 For a MPU-401 device without an interrupt, a polling timer
4383 will be used instead.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004384 </para>
4385 </section>
4386
4387 <section id="midi-interface-interrupt-handler">
4388 <title>Interrupt Handler</title>
4389 <para>
4390 When the interrupt is allocated in
Clemens Ladischdba8b462011-09-13 11:24:41 +02004391 <function>snd_mpu401_uart_new()</function>, an exclusive ISA
4392 interrupt handler is automatically used, hence you don't have
4393 anything else to do than creating the mpu401 stuff. Otherwise, you
4394 have to set <constant>MPU401_INFO_IRQ_HOOK</constant>, and call
4395 <function>snd_mpu401_uart_interrupt()</function> explicitly from your
4396 own interrupt handler when it has determined that a UART interrupt
4397 has occurred.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004398 </para>
4399
4400 <para>
4401 In this case, you need to pass the private_data of the
4402 returned rawmidi object from
4403 <function>snd_mpu401_uart_new()</function> as the second
4404 argument of <function>snd_mpu401_uart_interrupt()</function>.
4405
4406 <informalexample>
4407 <programlisting>
4408<![CDATA[
4409 snd_mpu401_uart_interrupt(irq, rmidi->private_data, regs);
4410]]>
4411 </programlisting>
4412 </informalexample>
4413 </para>
4414 </section>
4415
4416 </chapter>
4417
4418
4419<!-- ****************************************************** -->
4420<!-- RawMIDI Interface -->
4421<!-- ****************************************************** -->
4422 <chapter id="rawmidi-interface">
4423 <title>RawMIDI Interface</title>
4424
4425 <section id="rawmidi-interface-overview">
4426 <title>Overview</title>
4427
4428 <para>
4429 The raw MIDI interface is used for hardware MIDI ports that can
4430 be accessed as a byte stream. It is not used for synthesizer
4431 chips that do not directly understand MIDI.
4432 </para>
4433
4434 <para>
4435 ALSA handles file and buffer management. All you have to do is
4436 to write some code to move data between the buffer and the
4437 hardware.
4438 </para>
4439
4440 <para>
4441 The rawmidi API is defined in
4442 <filename>&lt;sound/rawmidi.h&gt;</filename>.
4443 </para>
4444 </section>
4445
4446 <section id="rawmidi-interface-constructor">
4447 <title>Constructor</title>
4448
4449 <para>
4450 To create a rawmidi device, call the
4451 <function>snd_rawmidi_new</function> function:
4452 <informalexample>
4453 <programlisting>
4454<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004455 struct snd_rawmidi *rmidi;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004456 err = snd_rawmidi_new(chip->card, "MyMIDI", 0, outs, ins, &rmidi);
4457 if (err < 0)
4458 return err;
4459 rmidi->private_data = chip;
4460 strcpy(rmidi->name, "My MIDI");
4461 rmidi->info_flags = SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_OUTPUT |
4462 SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_INPUT |
4463 SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_DUPLEX;
4464]]>
4465 </programlisting>
4466 </informalexample>
4467 </para>
4468
4469 <para>
4470 The first argument is the card pointer, the second argument is
4471 the ID string.
4472 </para>
4473
4474 <para>
4475 The third argument is the index of this component. You can
4476 create up to 8 rawmidi devices.
4477 </para>
4478
4479 <para>
4480 The fourth and fifth arguments are the number of output and
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004481 input substreams, respectively, of this device (a substream is
4482 the equivalent of a MIDI port).
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004483 </para>
4484
4485 <para>
4486 Set the <structfield>info_flags</structfield> field to specify
4487 the capabilities of the device.
4488 Set <constant>SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_OUTPUT</constant> if there is
4489 at least one output port,
4490 <constant>SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_INPUT</constant> if there is at
4491 least one input port,
4492 and <constant>SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_DUPLEX</constant> if the device
4493 can handle output and input at the same time.
4494 </para>
4495
4496 <para>
4497 After the rawmidi device is created, you need to set the
4498 operators (callbacks) for each substream. There are helper
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004499 functions to set the operators for all the substreams of a device:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004500 <informalexample>
4501 <programlisting>
4502<![CDATA[
4503 snd_rawmidi_set_ops(rmidi, SNDRV_RAWMIDI_STREAM_OUTPUT, &snd_mymidi_output_ops);
4504 snd_rawmidi_set_ops(rmidi, SNDRV_RAWMIDI_STREAM_INPUT, &snd_mymidi_input_ops);
4505]]>
4506 </programlisting>
4507 </informalexample>
4508 </para>
4509
4510 <para>
4511 The operators are usually defined like this:
4512 <informalexample>
4513 <programlisting>
4514<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004515 static struct snd_rawmidi_ops snd_mymidi_output_ops = {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004516 .open = snd_mymidi_output_open,
4517 .close = snd_mymidi_output_close,
4518 .trigger = snd_mymidi_output_trigger,
4519 };
4520]]>
4521 </programlisting>
4522 </informalexample>
4523 These callbacks are explained in the <link
4524 linkend="rawmidi-interface-callbacks"><citetitle>Callbacks</citetitle></link>
4525 section.
4526 </para>
4527
4528 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004529 If there are more than one substream, you should give a
4530 unique name to each of them:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004531 <informalexample>
4532 <programlisting>
4533<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004534 struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream;
Takashi Iwai95a5b082007-07-26 16:50:09 +02004535 list_for_each_entry(substream,
4536 &rmidi->streams[SNDRV_RAWMIDI_STREAM_OUTPUT].substreams,
4537 list {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004538 sprintf(substream->name, "My MIDI Port %d", substream->number + 1);
4539 }
4540 /* same for SNDRV_RAWMIDI_STREAM_INPUT */
4541]]>
4542 </programlisting>
4543 </informalexample>
4544 </para>
4545 </section>
4546
4547 <section id="rawmidi-interface-callbacks">
4548 <title>Callbacks</title>
4549
4550 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004551 In all the callbacks, the private data that you've set for the
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004552 rawmidi device can be accessed as
4553 substream-&gt;rmidi-&gt;private_data.
4554 <!-- <code> isn't available before DocBook 4.3 -->
4555 </para>
4556
4557 <para>
4558 If there is more than one port, your callbacks can determine the
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004559 port index from the struct snd_rawmidi_substream data passed to each
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004560 callback:
4561 <informalexample>
4562 <programlisting>
4563<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004564 struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004565 int index = substream->number;
4566]]>
4567 </programlisting>
4568 </informalexample>
4569 </para>
4570
4571 <section id="rawmidi-interface-op-open">
4572 <title><function>open</function> callback</title>
4573
4574 <informalexample>
4575 <programlisting>
4576<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004577 static int snd_xxx_open(struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004578]]>
4579 </programlisting>
4580 </informalexample>
4581
4582 <para>
4583 This is called when a substream is opened.
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004584 You can initialize the hardware here, but you shouldn't
4585 start transmitting/receiving data yet.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004586 </para>
4587 </section>
4588
4589 <section id="rawmidi-interface-op-close">
4590 <title><function>close</function> callback</title>
4591
4592 <informalexample>
4593 <programlisting>
4594<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004595 static int snd_xxx_close(struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004596]]>
4597 </programlisting>
4598 </informalexample>
4599
4600 <para>
4601 Guess what.
4602 </para>
4603
4604 <para>
4605 The <function>open</function> and <function>close</function>
4606 callbacks of a rawmidi device are serialized with a mutex,
4607 and can sleep.
4608 </para>
4609 </section>
4610
4611 <section id="rawmidi-interface-op-trigger-out">
4612 <title><function>trigger</function> callback for output
4613 substreams</title>
4614
4615 <informalexample>
4616 <programlisting>
4617<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004618 static void snd_xxx_output_trigger(struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream, int up);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004619]]>
4620 </programlisting>
4621 </informalexample>
4622
4623 <para>
4624 This is called with a nonzero <parameter>up</parameter>
4625 parameter when there is some data in the substream buffer that
4626 must be transmitted.
4627 </para>
4628
4629 <para>
4630 To read data from the buffer, call
4631 <function>snd_rawmidi_transmit_peek</function>. It will
4632 return the number of bytes that have been read; this will be
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004633 less than the number of bytes requested when there are no more
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004634 data in the buffer.
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004635 After the data have been transmitted successfully, call
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004636 <function>snd_rawmidi_transmit_ack</function> to remove the
4637 data from the substream buffer:
4638 <informalexample>
4639 <programlisting>
4640<![CDATA[
4641 unsigned char data;
4642 while (snd_rawmidi_transmit_peek(substream, &data, 1) == 1) {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004643 if (snd_mychip_try_to_transmit(data))
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004644 snd_rawmidi_transmit_ack(substream, 1);
4645 else
4646 break; /* hardware FIFO full */
4647 }
4648]]>
4649 </programlisting>
4650 </informalexample>
4651 </para>
4652
4653 <para>
4654 If you know beforehand that the hardware will accept data, you
4655 can use the <function>snd_rawmidi_transmit</function> function
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004656 which reads some data and removes them from the buffer at once:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004657 <informalexample>
4658 <programlisting>
4659<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004660 while (snd_mychip_transmit_possible()) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004661 unsigned char data;
4662 if (snd_rawmidi_transmit(substream, &data, 1) != 1)
4663 break; /* no more data */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004664 snd_mychip_transmit(data);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004665 }
4666]]>
4667 </programlisting>
4668 </informalexample>
4669 </para>
4670
4671 <para>
4672 If you know beforehand how many bytes you can accept, you can
4673 use a buffer size greater than one with the
4674 <function>snd_rawmidi_transmit*</function> functions.
4675 </para>
4676
4677 <para>
4678 The <function>trigger</function> callback must not sleep. If
4679 the hardware FIFO is full before the substream buffer has been
4680 emptied, you have to continue transmitting data later, either
4681 in an interrupt handler, or with a timer if the hardware
4682 doesn't have a MIDI transmit interrupt.
4683 </para>
4684
4685 <para>
4686 The <function>trigger</function> callback is called with a
4687 zero <parameter>up</parameter> parameter when the transmission
4688 of data should be aborted.
4689 </para>
4690 </section>
4691
4692 <section id="rawmidi-interface-op-trigger-in">
4693 <title><function>trigger</function> callback for input
4694 substreams</title>
4695
4696 <informalexample>
4697 <programlisting>
4698<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004699 static void snd_xxx_input_trigger(struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream, int up);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004700]]>
4701 </programlisting>
4702 </informalexample>
4703
4704 <para>
4705 This is called with a nonzero <parameter>up</parameter>
4706 parameter to enable receiving data, or with a zero
4707 <parameter>up</parameter> parameter do disable receiving data.
4708 </para>
4709
4710 <para>
4711 The <function>trigger</function> callback must not sleep; the
4712 actual reading of data from the device is usually done in an
4713 interrupt handler.
4714 </para>
4715
4716 <para>
4717 When data reception is enabled, your interrupt handler should
4718 call <function>snd_rawmidi_receive</function> for all received
4719 data:
4720 <informalexample>
4721 <programlisting>
4722<![CDATA[
4723 void snd_mychip_midi_interrupt(...)
4724 {
4725 while (mychip_midi_available()) {
4726 unsigned char data;
4727 data = mychip_midi_read();
4728 snd_rawmidi_receive(substream, &data, 1);
4729 }
4730 }
4731]]>
4732 </programlisting>
4733 </informalexample>
4734 </para>
4735 </section>
4736
4737 <section id="rawmidi-interface-op-drain">
4738 <title><function>drain</function> callback</title>
4739
4740 <informalexample>
4741 <programlisting>
4742<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004743 static void snd_xxx_drain(struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004744]]>
4745 </programlisting>
4746 </informalexample>
4747
4748 <para>
4749 This is only used with output substreams. This function should wait
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004750 until all data read from the substream buffer have been transmitted.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004751 This ensures that the device can be closed and the driver unloaded
4752 without losing data.
4753 </para>
4754
4755 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004756 This callback is optional. If you do not set
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004757 <structfield>drain</structfield> in the struct snd_rawmidi_ops
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004758 structure, ALSA will simply wait for 50&nbsp;milliseconds
4759 instead.
4760 </para>
4761 </section>
4762 </section>
4763
4764 </chapter>
4765
4766
4767<!-- ****************************************************** -->
4768<!-- Miscellaneous Devices -->
4769<!-- ****************************************************** -->
4770 <chapter id="misc-devices">
4771 <title>Miscellaneous Devices</title>
4772
4773 <section id="misc-devices-opl3">
4774 <title>FM OPL3</title>
4775 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004776 The FM OPL3 is still used in many chips (mainly for backward
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004777 compatibility). ALSA has a nice OPL3 FM control layer, too. The
4778 OPL3 API is defined in
4779 <filename>&lt;sound/opl3.h&gt;</filename>.
4780 </para>
4781
4782 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004783 FM registers can be directly accessed through the direct-FM API,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004784 defined in <filename>&lt;sound/asound_fm.h&gt;</filename>. In
4785 ALSA native mode, FM registers are accessed through
Lucas De Marchi25985ed2011-03-30 22:57:33 -03004786 the Hardware-Dependent Device direct-FM extension API, whereas in
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004787 OSS compatible mode, FM registers can be accessed with the OSS
4788 direct-FM compatible API in <filename>/dev/dmfmX</filename> device.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004789 </para>
4790
4791 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004792 To create the OPL3 component, you have two functions to
4793 call. The first one is a constructor for the <type>opl3_t</type>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004794 instance.
4795
4796 <informalexample>
4797 <programlisting>
4798<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004799 struct snd_opl3 *opl3;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004800 snd_opl3_create(card, lport, rport, OPL3_HW_OPL3_XXX,
4801 integrated, &opl3);
4802]]>
4803 </programlisting>
4804 </informalexample>
4805 </para>
4806
4807 <para>
4808 The first argument is the card pointer, the second one is the
4809 left port address, and the third is the right port address. In
4810 most cases, the right port is placed at the left port + 2.
4811 </para>
4812
4813 <para>
4814 The fourth argument is the hardware type.
4815 </para>
4816
4817 <para>
4818 When the left and right ports have been already allocated by
4819 the card driver, pass non-zero to the fifth argument
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004820 (<parameter>integrated</parameter>). Otherwise, the opl3 module will
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004821 allocate the specified ports by itself.
4822 </para>
4823
4824 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004825 When the accessing the hardware requires special method
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004826 instead of the standard I/O access, you can create opl3 instance
4827 separately with <function>snd_opl3_new()</function>.
4828
4829 <informalexample>
4830 <programlisting>
4831<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004832 struct snd_opl3 *opl3;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004833 snd_opl3_new(card, OPL3_HW_OPL3_XXX, &opl3);
4834]]>
4835 </programlisting>
4836 </informalexample>
4837 </para>
4838
4839 <para>
4840 Then set <structfield>command</structfield>,
4841 <structfield>private_data</structfield> and
4842 <structfield>private_free</structfield> for the private
4843 access function, the private data and the destructor.
4844 The l_port and r_port are not necessarily set. Only the
4845 command must be set properly. You can retrieve the data
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004846 from the opl3-&gt;private_data field.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004847 </para>
4848
4849 <para>
4850 After creating the opl3 instance via <function>snd_opl3_new()</function>,
4851 call <function>snd_opl3_init()</function> to initialize the chip to the
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004852 proper state. Note that <function>snd_opl3_create()</function> always
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004853 calls it internally.
4854 </para>
4855
4856 <para>
4857 If the opl3 instance is created successfully, then create a
4858 hwdep device for this opl3.
4859
4860 <informalexample>
4861 <programlisting>
4862<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004863 struct snd_hwdep *opl3hwdep;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004864 snd_opl3_hwdep_new(opl3, 0, 1, &opl3hwdep);
4865]]>
4866 </programlisting>
4867 </informalexample>
4868 </para>
4869
4870 <para>
4871 The first argument is the <type>opl3_t</type> instance you
4872 created, and the second is the index number, usually 0.
4873 </para>
4874
4875 <para>
4876 The third argument is the index-offset for the sequencer
4877 client assigned to the OPL3 port. When there is an MPU401-UART,
4878 give 1 for here (UART always takes 0).
4879 </para>
4880 </section>
4881
4882 <section id="misc-devices-hardware-dependent">
4883 <title>Hardware-Dependent Devices</title>
4884 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004885 Some chips need user-space access for special
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004886 controls or for loading the micro code. In such a case, you can
4887 create a hwdep (hardware-dependent) device. The hwdep API is
4888 defined in <filename>&lt;sound/hwdep.h&gt;</filename>. You can
4889 find examples in opl3 driver or
4890 <filename>isa/sb/sb16_csp.c</filename>.
4891 </para>
4892
4893 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004894 The creation of the <type>hwdep</type> instance is done via
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004895 <function>snd_hwdep_new()</function>.
4896
4897 <informalexample>
4898 <programlisting>
4899<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004900 struct snd_hwdep *hw;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004901 snd_hwdep_new(card, "My HWDEP", 0, &hw);
4902]]>
4903 </programlisting>
4904 </informalexample>
4905
4906 where the third argument is the index number.
4907 </para>
4908
4909 <para>
4910 You can then pass any pointer value to the
4911 <parameter>private_data</parameter>.
4912 If you assign a private data, you should define the
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004913 destructor, too. The destructor function is set in
4914 the <structfield>private_free</structfield> field.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004915
4916 <informalexample>
4917 <programlisting>
4918<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004919 struct mydata *p = kmalloc(sizeof(*p), GFP_KERNEL);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004920 hw->private_data = p;
4921 hw->private_free = mydata_free;
4922]]>
4923 </programlisting>
4924 </informalexample>
4925
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004926 and the implementation of the destructor would be:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004927
4928 <informalexample>
4929 <programlisting>
4930<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004931 static void mydata_free(struct snd_hwdep *hw)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004932 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01004933 struct mydata *p = hw->private_data;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004934 kfree(p);
4935 }
4936]]>
4937 </programlisting>
4938 </informalexample>
4939 </para>
4940
4941 <para>
4942 The arbitrary file operations can be defined for this
4943 instance. The file operators are defined in
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004944 the <parameter>ops</parameter> table. For example, assume that
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004945 this chip needs an ioctl.
4946
4947 <informalexample>
4948 <programlisting>
4949<![CDATA[
4950 hw->ops.open = mydata_open;
4951 hw->ops.ioctl = mydata_ioctl;
4952 hw->ops.release = mydata_release;
4953]]>
4954 </programlisting>
4955 </informalexample>
4956
4957 And implement the callback functions as you like.
4958 </para>
4959 </section>
4960
4961 <section id="misc-devices-IEC958">
4962 <title>IEC958 (S/PDIF)</title>
4963 <para>
4964 Usually the controls for IEC958 devices are implemented via
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004965 the control interface. There is a macro to compose a name string for
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004966 IEC958 controls, <function>SNDRV_CTL_NAME_IEC958()</function>
4967 defined in <filename>&lt;include/asound.h&gt;</filename>.
4968 </para>
4969
4970 <para>
4971 There are some standard controls for IEC958 status bits. These
4972 controls use the type <type>SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_TYPE_IEC958</type>,
4973 and the size of element is fixed as 4 bytes array
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02004974 (value.iec958.status[x]). For the <structfield>info</structfield>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004975 callback, you don't specify
4976 the value field for this type (the count field must be set,
4977 though).
4978 </para>
4979
4980 <para>
4981 <quote>IEC958 Playback Con Mask</quote> is used to return the
4982 bit-mask for the IEC958 status bits of consumer mode. Similarly,
4983 <quote>IEC958 Playback Pro Mask</quote> returns the bitmask for
4984 professional mode. They are read-only controls, and are defined
4985 as MIXER controls (iface =
4986 <constant>SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_MIXER</constant>).
4987 </para>
4988
4989 <para>
4990 Meanwhile, <quote>IEC958 Playback Default</quote> control is
4991 defined for getting and setting the current default IEC958
4992 bits. Note that this one is usually defined as a PCM control
4993 (iface = <constant>SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_PCM</constant>),
4994 although in some places it's defined as a MIXER control.
4995 </para>
4996
4997 <para>
4998 In addition, you can define the control switches to
4999 enable/disable or to set the raw bit mode. The implementation
5000 will depend on the chip, but the control should be named as
5001 <quote>IEC958 xxx</quote>, preferably using
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005002 the <function>SNDRV_CTL_NAME_IEC958()</function> macro.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005003 </para>
5004
5005 <para>
5006 You can find several cases, for example,
5007 <filename>pci/emu10k1</filename>,
5008 <filename>pci/ice1712</filename>, or
5009 <filename>pci/cmipci.c</filename>.
5010 </para>
5011 </section>
5012
5013 </chapter>
5014
5015
5016<!-- ****************************************************** -->
5017<!-- Buffer and Memory Management -->
5018<!-- ****************************************************** -->
5019 <chapter id="buffer-and-memory">
5020 <title>Buffer and Memory Management</title>
5021
5022 <section id="buffer-and-memory-buffer-types">
5023 <title>Buffer Types</title>
5024 <para>
5025 ALSA provides several different buffer allocation functions
5026 depending on the bus and the architecture. All these have a
5027 consistent API. The allocation of physically-contiguous pages is
5028 done via
5029 <function>snd_malloc_xxx_pages()</function> function, where xxx
5030 is the bus type.
5031 </para>
5032
5033 <para>
5034 The allocation of pages with fallback is
5035 <function>snd_malloc_xxx_pages_fallback()</function>. This
5036 function tries to allocate the specified pages but if the pages
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005037 are not available, it tries to reduce the page sizes until
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005038 enough space is found.
5039 </para>
5040
5041 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005042 The release the pages, call
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005043 <function>snd_free_xxx_pages()</function> function.
5044 </para>
5045
5046 <para>
5047 Usually, ALSA drivers try to allocate and reserve
5048 a large contiguous physical space
5049 at the time the module is loaded for the later use.
5050 This is called <quote>pre-allocation</quote>.
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005051 As already written, you can call the following function at
5052 pcm instance construction time (in the case of PCI bus).
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005053
5054 <informalexample>
5055 <programlisting>
5056<![CDATA[
5057 snd_pcm_lib_preallocate_pages_for_all(pcm, SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV,
5058 snd_dma_pci_data(pci), size, max);
5059]]>
5060 </programlisting>
5061 </informalexample>
5062
5063 where <parameter>size</parameter> is the byte size to be
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005064 pre-allocated and the <parameter>max</parameter> is the maximum
5065 size to be changed via the <filename>prealloc</filename> proc file.
5066 The allocator will try to get an area as large as possible
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005067 within the given size.
5068 </para>
5069
5070 <para>
5071 The second argument (type) and the third argument (device pointer)
5072 are dependent on the bus.
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005073 In the case of the ISA bus, pass <function>snd_dma_isa_data()</function>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005074 as the third argument with <constant>SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV</constant> type.
5075 For the continuous buffer unrelated to the bus can be pre-allocated
5076 with <constant>SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_CONTINUOUS</constant> type and the
5077 <function>snd_dma_continuous_data(GFP_KERNEL)</function> device pointer,
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005078 where <constant>GFP_KERNEL</constant> is the kernel allocation flag to
David S. Miller759ee812008-08-27 00:33:26 -07005079 use.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005080 For the PCI scatter-gather buffers, use
5081 <constant>SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV_SG</constant> with
5082 <function>snd_dma_pci_data(pci)</function>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005083 (see the
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005084 <link linkend="buffer-and-memory-non-contiguous"><citetitle>Non-Contiguous Buffers
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005085 </citetitle></link> section).
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005086 </para>
5087
5088 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005089 Once the buffer is pre-allocated, you can use the
5090 allocator in the <structfield>hw_params</structfield> callback:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005091
5092 <informalexample>
5093 <programlisting>
5094<![CDATA[
5095 snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages(substream, size);
5096]]>
5097 </programlisting>
5098 </informalexample>
5099
5100 Note that you have to pre-allocate to use this function.
5101 </para>
5102 </section>
5103
5104 <section id="buffer-and-memory-external-hardware">
5105 <title>External Hardware Buffers</title>
5106 <para>
5107 Some chips have their own hardware buffers and the DMA
5108 transfer from the host memory is not available. In such a case,
5109 you need to either 1) copy/set the audio data directly to the
5110 external hardware buffer, or 2) make an intermediate buffer and
5111 copy/set the data from it to the external hardware buffer in
5112 interrupts (or in tasklets, preferably).
5113 </para>
5114
5115 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005116 The first case works fine if the external hardware buffer is large
5117 enough. This method doesn't need any extra buffers and thus is
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005118 more effective. You need to define the
5119 <structfield>copy</structfield> and
5120 <structfield>silence</structfield> callbacks for
5121 the data transfer. However, there is a drawback: it cannot
5122 be mmapped. The examples are GUS's GF1 PCM or emu8000's
5123 wavetable PCM.
5124 </para>
5125
5126 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005127 The second case allows for mmap on the buffer, although you have
5128 to handle an interrupt or a tasklet to transfer the data
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005129 from the intermediate buffer to the hardware buffer. You can find an
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005130 example in the vxpocket driver.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005131 </para>
5132
5133 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005134 Another case is when the chip uses a PCI memory-map
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005135 region for the buffer instead of the host memory. In this case,
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005136 mmap is available only on certain architectures like the Intel one.
5137 In non-mmap mode, the data cannot be transferred as in the normal
5138 way. Thus you need to define the <structfield>copy</structfield> and
5139 <structfield>silence</structfield> callbacks as well,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005140 as in the cases above. The examples are found in
5141 <filename>rme32.c</filename> and <filename>rme96.c</filename>.
5142 </para>
5143
5144 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005145 The implementation of the <structfield>copy</structfield> and
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005146 <structfield>silence</structfield> callbacks depends upon
5147 whether the hardware supports interleaved or non-interleaved
5148 samples. The <structfield>copy</structfield> callback is
5149 defined like below, a bit
5150 differently depending whether the direction is playback or
5151 capture:
5152
5153 <informalexample>
5154 <programlisting>
5155<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01005156 static int playback_copy(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream, int channel,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005157 snd_pcm_uframes_t pos, void *src, snd_pcm_uframes_t count);
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01005158 static int capture_copy(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream, int channel,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005159 snd_pcm_uframes_t pos, void *dst, snd_pcm_uframes_t count);
5160]]>
5161 </programlisting>
5162 </informalexample>
5163 </para>
5164
5165 <para>
5166 In the case of interleaved samples, the second argument
5167 (<parameter>channel</parameter>) is not used. The third argument
5168 (<parameter>pos</parameter>) points the
5169 current position offset in frames.
5170 </para>
5171
5172 <para>
5173 The meaning of the fourth argument is different between
5174 playback and capture. For playback, it holds the source data
5175 pointer, and for capture, it's the destination data pointer.
5176 </para>
5177
5178 <para>
5179 The last argument is the number of frames to be copied.
5180 </para>
5181
5182 <para>
5183 What you have to do in this callback is again different
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005184 between playback and capture directions. In the
5185 playback case, you copy the given amount of data
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005186 (<parameter>count</parameter>) at the specified pointer
5187 (<parameter>src</parameter>) to the specified offset
5188 (<parameter>pos</parameter>) on the hardware buffer. When
5189 coded like memcpy-like way, the copy would be like:
5190
5191 <informalexample>
5192 <programlisting>
5193<![CDATA[
5194 my_memcpy(my_buffer + frames_to_bytes(runtime, pos), src,
5195 frames_to_bytes(runtime, count));
5196]]>
5197 </programlisting>
5198 </informalexample>
5199 </para>
5200
5201 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005202 For the capture direction, you copy the given amount of
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005203 data (<parameter>count</parameter>) at the specified offset
5204 (<parameter>pos</parameter>) on the hardware buffer to the
5205 specified pointer (<parameter>dst</parameter>).
5206
5207 <informalexample>
5208 <programlisting>
5209<![CDATA[
5210 my_memcpy(dst, my_buffer + frames_to_bytes(runtime, pos),
5211 frames_to_bytes(runtime, count));
5212]]>
5213 </programlisting>
5214 </informalexample>
5215
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005216 Note that both the position and the amount of data are given
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005217 in frames.
5218 </para>
5219
5220 <para>
5221 In the case of non-interleaved samples, the implementation
5222 will be a bit more complicated.
5223 </para>
5224
5225 <para>
5226 You need to check the channel argument, and if it's -1, copy
5227 the whole channels. Otherwise, you have to copy only the
5228 specified channel. Please check
5229 <filename>isa/gus/gus_pcm.c</filename> as an example.
5230 </para>
5231
5232 <para>
5233 The <structfield>silence</structfield> callback is also
5234 implemented in a similar way.
5235
5236 <informalexample>
5237 <programlisting>
5238<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01005239 static int silence(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream, int channel,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005240 snd_pcm_uframes_t pos, snd_pcm_uframes_t count);
5241]]>
5242 </programlisting>
5243 </informalexample>
5244 </para>
5245
5246 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005247 The meanings of arguments are the same as in the
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005248 <structfield>copy</structfield>
5249 callback, although there is no <parameter>src/dst</parameter>
5250 argument. In the case of interleaved samples, the channel
5251 argument has no meaning, as well as on
5252 <structfield>copy</structfield> callback.
5253 </para>
5254
5255 <para>
5256 The role of <structfield>silence</structfield> callback is to
5257 set the given amount
5258 (<parameter>count</parameter>) of silence data at the
5259 specified offset (<parameter>pos</parameter>) on the hardware
5260 buffer. Suppose that the data format is signed (that is, the
5261 silent-data is 0), and the implementation using a memset-like
5262 function would be like:
5263
5264 <informalexample>
5265 <programlisting>
5266<![CDATA[
5267 my_memcpy(my_buffer + frames_to_bytes(runtime, pos), 0,
5268 frames_to_bytes(runtime, count));
5269]]>
5270 </programlisting>
5271 </informalexample>
5272 </para>
5273
5274 <para>
5275 In the case of non-interleaved samples, again, the
5276 implementation becomes a bit more complicated. See, for example,
5277 <filename>isa/gus/gus_pcm.c</filename>.
5278 </para>
5279 </section>
5280
5281 <section id="buffer-and-memory-non-contiguous">
5282 <title>Non-Contiguous Buffers</title>
5283 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005284 If your hardware supports the page table as in emu10k1 or the
5285 buffer descriptors as in via82xx, you can use the scatter-gather
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005286 (SG) DMA. ALSA provides an interface for handling SG-buffers.
5287 The API is provided in <filename>&lt;sound/pcm.h&gt;</filename>.
5288 </para>
5289
5290 <para>
5291 For creating the SG-buffer handler, call
5292 <function>snd_pcm_lib_preallocate_pages()</function> or
5293 <function>snd_pcm_lib_preallocate_pages_for_all()</function>
5294 with <constant>SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV_SG</constant>
5295 in the PCM constructor like other PCI pre-allocator.
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005296 You need to pass <function>snd_dma_pci_data(pci)</function>,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005297 where pci is the struct <structname>pci_dev</structname> pointer
5298 of the chip as well.
Giuliano Pochini44275f12006-01-27 12:02:05 +01005299 The <type>struct snd_sg_buf</type> instance is created as
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005300 substream-&gt;dma_private. You can cast
5301 the pointer like:
5302
5303 <informalexample>
5304 <programlisting>
5305<![CDATA[
Giuliano Pochini44275f12006-01-27 12:02:05 +01005306 struct snd_sg_buf *sgbuf = (struct snd_sg_buf *)substream->dma_private;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005307]]>
5308 </programlisting>
5309 </informalexample>
5310 </para>
5311
5312 <para>
5313 Then call <function>snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages()</function>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005314 in the <structfield>hw_params</structfield> callback
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005315 as well as in the case of normal PCI buffer.
5316 The SG-buffer handler will allocate the non-contiguous kernel
5317 pages of the given size and map them onto the virtually contiguous
5318 memory. The virtual pointer is addressed in runtime-&gt;dma_area.
5319 The physical address (runtime-&gt;dma_addr) is set to zero,
André Goddard Rosaaf901ca2009-11-14 13:09:05 -02005320 because the buffer is physically non-contiguous.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005321 The physical address table is set up in sgbuf-&gt;table.
5322 You can get the physical address at a certain offset via
5323 <function>snd_pcm_sgbuf_get_addr()</function>.
5324 </para>
5325
5326 <para>
5327 When a SG-handler is used, you need to set
5328 <function>snd_pcm_sgbuf_ops_page</function> as
5329 the <structfield>page</structfield> callback.
5330 (See <link linkend="pcm-interface-operators-page-callback">
5331 <citetitle>page callback section</citetitle></link>.)
5332 </para>
5333
5334 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005335 To release the data, call
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005336 <function>snd_pcm_lib_free_pages()</function> in the
5337 <structfield>hw_free</structfield> callback as usual.
5338 </para>
5339 </section>
5340
5341 <section id="buffer-and-memory-vmalloced">
5342 <title>Vmalloc'ed Buffers</title>
5343 <para>
5344 It's possible to use a buffer allocated via
5345 <function>vmalloc</function>, for example, for an intermediate
5346 buffer. Since the allocated pages are not contiguous, you need
5347 to set the <structfield>page</structfield> callback to obtain
5348 the physical address at every offset.
5349 </para>
5350
5351 <para>
5352 The implementation of <structfield>page</structfield> callback
5353 would be like this:
5354
5355 <informalexample>
5356 <programlisting>
5357<![CDATA[
5358 #include <linux/vmalloc.h>
5359
5360 /* get the physical page pointer on the given offset */
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01005361 static struct page *mychip_page(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005362 unsigned long offset)
5363 {
5364 void *pageptr = substream->runtime->dma_area + offset;
5365 return vmalloc_to_page(pageptr);
5366 }
5367]]>
5368 </programlisting>
5369 </informalexample>
5370 </para>
5371 </section>
5372
5373 </chapter>
5374
5375
5376<!-- ****************************************************** -->
5377<!-- Proc Interface -->
5378<!-- ****************************************************** -->
5379 <chapter id="proc-interface">
5380 <title>Proc Interface</title>
5381 <para>
5382 ALSA provides an easy interface for procfs. The proc files are
5383 very useful for debugging. I recommend you set up proc files if
5384 you write a driver and want to get a running status or register
5385 dumps. The API is found in
5386 <filename>&lt;sound/info.h&gt;</filename>.
5387 </para>
5388
5389 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005390 To create a proc file, call
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005391 <function>snd_card_proc_new()</function>.
5392
5393 <informalexample>
5394 <programlisting>
5395<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01005396 struct snd_info_entry *entry;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005397 int err = snd_card_proc_new(card, "my-file", &entry);
5398]]>
5399 </programlisting>
5400 </informalexample>
5401
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005402 where the second argument specifies the name of the proc file to be
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005403 created. The above example will create a file
5404 <filename>my-file</filename> under the card directory,
5405 e.g. <filename>/proc/asound/card0/my-file</filename>.
5406 </para>
5407
5408 <para>
5409 Like other components, the proc entry created via
5410 <function>snd_card_proc_new()</function> will be registered and
5411 released automatically in the card registration and release
5412 functions.
5413 </para>
5414
5415 <para>
5416 When the creation is successful, the function stores a new
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005417 instance in the pointer given in the third argument.
5418 It is initialized as a text proc file for read only. To use
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005419 this proc file as a read-only text file as it is, set the read
5420 callback with a private data via
5421 <function>snd_info_set_text_ops()</function>.
5422
5423 <informalexample>
5424 <programlisting>
5425<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwaibf850202006-04-28 15:13:41 +02005426 snd_info_set_text_ops(entry, chip, my_proc_read);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005427]]>
5428 </programlisting>
5429 </informalexample>
5430
5431 where the second argument (<parameter>chip</parameter>) is the
5432 private data to be used in the callbacks. The third parameter
5433 specifies the read buffer size and the fourth
5434 (<parameter>my_proc_read</parameter>) is the callback function, which
5435 is defined like
5436
5437 <informalexample>
5438 <programlisting>
5439<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01005440 static void my_proc_read(struct snd_info_entry *entry,
5441 struct snd_info_buffer *buffer);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005442]]>
5443 </programlisting>
5444 </informalexample>
5445
5446 </para>
5447
5448 <para>
5449 In the read callback, use <function>snd_iprintf()</function> for
5450 output strings, which works just like normal
5451 <function>printf()</function>. For example,
5452
5453 <informalexample>
5454 <programlisting>
5455<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01005456 static void my_proc_read(struct snd_info_entry *entry,
5457 struct snd_info_buffer *buffer)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005458 {
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01005459 struct my_chip *chip = entry->private_data;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005460
5461 snd_iprintf(buffer, "This is my chip!\n");
5462 snd_iprintf(buffer, "Port = %ld\n", chip->port);
5463 }
5464]]>
5465 </programlisting>
5466 </informalexample>
5467 </para>
5468
5469 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005470 The file permissions can be changed afterwards. As default, it's
5471 set as read only for all users. If you want to add write
5472 permission for the user (root as default), do as follows:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005473
5474 <informalexample>
5475 <programlisting>
5476<![CDATA[
5477 entry->mode = S_IFREG | S_IRUGO | S_IWUSR;
5478]]>
5479 </programlisting>
5480 </informalexample>
5481
5482 and set the write buffer size and the callback
5483
5484 <informalexample>
5485 <programlisting>
5486<![CDATA[
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005487 entry->c.text.write = my_proc_write;
5488]]>
5489 </programlisting>
5490 </informalexample>
5491 </para>
5492
5493 <para>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005494 For the write callback, you can use
5495 <function>snd_info_get_line()</function> to get a text line, and
5496 <function>snd_info_get_str()</function> to retrieve a string from
5497 the line. Some examples are found in
5498 <filename>core/oss/mixer_oss.c</filename>, core/oss/and
5499 <filename>pcm_oss.c</filename>.
5500 </para>
5501
5502 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005503 For a raw-data proc-file, set the attributes as follows:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005504
5505 <informalexample>
5506 <programlisting>
5507<![CDATA[
5508 static struct snd_info_entry_ops my_file_io_ops = {
5509 .read = my_file_io_read,
5510 };
5511
5512 entry->content = SNDRV_INFO_CONTENT_DATA;
5513 entry->private_data = chip;
5514 entry->c.ops = &my_file_io_ops;
5515 entry->size = 4096;
5516 entry->mode = S_IFREG | S_IRUGO;
5517]]>
5518 </programlisting>
5519 </informalexample>
Takashi Iwaic56a3b12010-04-13 12:55:09 +02005520
5521 For the raw data, <structfield>size</structfield> field must be
5522 set properly. This specifies the maximum size of the proc file access.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005523 </para>
5524
5525 <para>
Takashi Iwaic56a3b12010-04-13 12:55:09 +02005526 The read/write callbacks of raw mode are more direct than the text mode.
5527 You need to use a low-level I/O functions such as
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005528 <function>copy_from/to_user()</function> to transfer the
5529 data.
5530
5531 <informalexample>
5532 <programlisting>
5533<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwaic56a3b12010-04-13 12:55:09 +02005534 static ssize_t my_file_io_read(struct snd_info_entry *entry,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005535 void *file_private_data,
5536 struct file *file,
5537 char *buf,
Takashi Iwaic56a3b12010-04-13 12:55:09 +02005538 size_t count,
5539 loff_t pos)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005540 {
Takashi Iwaic56a3b12010-04-13 12:55:09 +02005541 if (copy_to_user(buf, local_data + pos, count))
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005542 return -EFAULT;
Takashi Iwaic56a3b12010-04-13 12:55:09 +02005543 return count;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005544 }
5545]]>
5546 </programlisting>
5547 </informalexample>
Takashi Iwaic56a3b12010-04-13 12:55:09 +02005548
5549 If the size of the info entry has been set up properly,
5550 <structfield>count</structfield> and <structfield>pos</structfield> are
5551 guaranteed to fit within 0 and the given size.
5552 You don't have to check the range in the callbacks unless any
5553 other condition is required.
5554
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005555 </para>
5556
5557 </chapter>
5558
5559
5560<!-- ****************************************************** -->
5561<!-- Power Management -->
5562<!-- ****************************************************** -->
5563 <chapter id="power-management">
5564 <title>Power Management</title>
5565 <para>
Paolo Ornati670e9f32006-10-03 22:57:56 +02005566 If the chip is supposed to work with suspend/resume
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005567 functions, you need to add power-management code to the
5568 driver. The additional code for power-management should be
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005569 <function>ifdef</function>'ed with
5570 <constant>CONFIG_PM</constant>.
5571 </para>
5572
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005573 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005574 If the driver <emphasis>fully</emphasis> supports suspend/resume
5575 that is, the device can be
5576 properly resumed to its state when suspend was called,
5577 you can set the <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME</constant> flag
5578 in the pcm info field. Usually, this is possible when the
5579 registers of the chip can be safely saved and restored to
5580 RAM. If this is set, the trigger callback is called with
5581 <constant>SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_RESUME</constant> after the resume
5582 callback completes.
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005583 </para>
5584
5585 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005586 Even if the driver doesn't support PM fully but
5587 partial suspend/resume is still possible, it's still worthy to
5588 implement suspend/resume callbacks. In such a case, applications
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005589 would reset the status by calling
5590 <function>snd_pcm_prepare()</function> and restart the stream
5591 appropriately. Hence, you can define suspend/resume callbacks
5592 below but don't set <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME</constant>
5593 info flag to the PCM.
5594 </para>
5595
5596 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005597 Note that the trigger with SUSPEND can always be called when
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005598 <function>snd_pcm_suspend_all</function> is called,
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005599 regardless of the <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME</constant> flag.
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005600 The <constant>RESUME</constant> flag affects only the behavior
5601 of <function>snd_pcm_resume()</function>.
5602 (Thus, in theory,
5603 <constant>SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_RESUME</constant> isn't needed
5604 to be handled in the trigger callback when no
5605 <constant>SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME</constant> flag is set. But,
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005606 it's better to keep it for compatibility reasons.)
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005607 </para>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005608 <para>
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005609 In the earlier version of ALSA drivers, a common
5610 power-management layer was provided, but it has been removed.
5611 The driver needs to define the suspend/resume hooks according to
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005612 the bus the device is connected to. In the case of PCI drivers, the
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005613 callbacks look like below:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005614
5615 <informalexample>
5616 <programlisting>
5617<![CDATA[
5618 #ifdef CONFIG_PM
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005619 static int snd_my_suspend(struct pci_dev *pci, pm_message_t state)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005620 {
Nicolas Kaiser5bda9fa2007-01-22 14:54:33 +01005621 .... /* do things for suspend */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005622 return 0;
5623 }
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005624 static int snd_my_resume(struct pci_dev *pci)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005625 {
Nicolas Kaiser5bda9fa2007-01-22 14:54:33 +01005626 .... /* do things for suspend */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005627 return 0;
5628 }
5629 #endif
5630]]>
5631 </programlisting>
5632 </informalexample>
5633 </para>
5634
5635 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005636 The scheme of the real suspend job is as follows.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005637
5638 <orderedlist>
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005639 <listitem><para>Retrieve the card and the chip data.</para></listitem>
5640 <listitem><para>Call <function>snd_power_change_state()</function> with
5641 <constant>SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D3hot</constant> to change the
5642 power status.</para></listitem>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005643 <listitem><para>Call <function>snd_pcm_suspend_all()</function> to suspend the running PCM streams.</para></listitem>
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005644 <listitem><para>If AC97 codecs are used, call
Takashi Iwaia7306332006-05-04 11:58:43 +02005645 <function>snd_ac97_suspend()</function> for each codec.</para></listitem>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005646 <listitem><para>Save the register values if necessary.</para></listitem>
5647 <listitem><para>Stop the hardware if necessary.</para></listitem>
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005648 <listitem><para>Disable the PCI device by calling
5649 <function>pci_disable_device()</function>. Then, call
5650 <function>pci_save_state()</function> at last.</para></listitem>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005651 </orderedlist>
5652 </para>
5653
5654 <para>
5655 A typical code would be like:
5656
5657 <informalexample>
5658 <programlisting>
5659<![CDATA[
Alexey Dobriyan323579882006-01-15 02:12:54 +01005660 static int mychip_suspend(struct pci_dev *pci, pm_message_t state)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005661 {
5662 /* (1) */
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005663 struct snd_card *card = pci_get_drvdata(pci);
5664 struct mychip *chip = card->private_data;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005665 /* (2) */
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005666 snd_power_change_state(card, SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D3hot);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005667 /* (3) */
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005668 snd_pcm_suspend_all(chip->pcm);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005669 /* (4) */
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005670 snd_ac97_suspend(chip->ac97);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005671 /* (5) */
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005672 snd_mychip_save_registers(chip);
5673 /* (6) */
5674 snd_mychip_stop_hardware(chip);
5675 /* (7) */
5676 pci_disable_device(pci);
5677 pci_save_state(pci);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005678 return 0;
5679 }
5680]]>
5681 </programlisting>
5682 </informalexample>
5683 </para>
5684
5685 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005686 The scheme of the real resume job is as follows.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005687
5688 <orderedlist>
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005689 <listitem><para>Retrieve the card and the chip data.</para></listitem>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005690 <listitem><para>Set up PCI. First, call <function>pci_restore_state()</function>.
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005691 Then enable the pci device again by calling <function>pci_enable_device()</function>.
5692 Call <function>pci_set_master()</function> if necessary, too.</para></listitem>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005693 <listitem><para>Re-initialize the chip.</para></listitem>
5694 <listitem><para>Restore the saved registers if necessary.</para></listitem>
5695 <listitem><para>Resume the mixer, e.g. calling
5696 <function>snd_ac97_resume()</function>.</para></listitem>
5697 <listitem><para>Restart the hardware (if any).</para></listitem>
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005698 <listitem><para>Call <function>snd_power_change_state()</function> with
5699 <constant>SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D0</constant> to notify the processes.</para></listitem>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005700 </orderedlist>
5701 </para>
5702
5703 <para>
5704 A typical code would be like:
5705
5706 <informalexample>
5707 <programlisting>
5708<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005709 static int mychip_resume(struct pci_dev *pci)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005710 {
5711 /* (1) */
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005712 struct snd_card *card = pci_get_drvdata(pci);
5713 struct mychip *chip = card->private_data;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005714 /* (2) */
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005715 pci_restore_state(pci);
5716 pci_enable_device(pci);
5717 pci_set_master(pci);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005718 /* (3) */
5719 snd_mychip_reinit_chip(chip);
5720 /* (4) */
5721 snd_mychip_restore_registers(chip);
5722 /* (5) */
5723 snd_ac97_resume(chip->ac97);
5724 /* (6) */
5725 snd_mychip_restart_chip(chip);
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005726 /* (7) */
5727 snd_power_change_state(card, SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D0);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005728 return 0;
5729 }
5730]]>
5731 </programlisting>
5732 </informalexample>
5733 </para>
5734
5735 <para>
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005736 As shown in the above, it's better to save registers after
5737 suspending the PCM operations via
5738 <function>snd_pcm_suspend_all()</function> or
5739 <function>snd_pcm_suspend()</function>. It means that the PCM
Masanari Iida0ba4f6e2014-07-12 09:55:28 -07005740 streams are already stopped when the register snapshot is
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005741 taken. But, remember that you don't have to restart the PCM
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005742 stream in the resume callback. It'll be restarted via
5743 trigger call with <constant>SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_RESUME</constant>
5744 when necessary.
5745 </para>
5746
5747 <para>
5748 OK, we have all callbacks now. Let's set them up. In the
5749 initialization of the card, make sure that you can get the chip
5750 data from the card instance, typically via
5751 <structfield>private_data</structfield> field, in case you
5752 created the chip data individually.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005753
5754 <informalexample>
5755 <programlisting>
5756<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai090015a2012-12-07 07:52:28 +01005757 static int snd_mychip_probe(struct pci_dev *pci,
5758 const struct pci_device_id *pci_id)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005759 {
5760 ....
Takashi Iwai446ab5f2005-11-17 15:12:54 +01005761 struct snd_card *card;
5762 struct mychip *chip;
Takashi Iwaid4533792008-12-28 16:45:34 +01005763 int err;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005764 ....
Takashi Iwai393aa9c2014-01-29 12:51:12 +01005765 err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE,
5766 0, &card);
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005767 ....
5768 chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GFP_KERNEL);
5769 ....
5770 card->private_data = chip;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005771 ....
5772 }
5773]]>
5774 </programlisting>
5775 </informalexample>
5776
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005777 When you created the chip data with
Takashi Iwai393aa9c2014-01-29 12:51:12 +01005778 <function>snd_card_new()</function>, it's anyway accessible
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005779 via <structfield>private_data</structfield> field.
5780
5781 <informalexample>
5782 <programlisting>
5783<![CDATA[
Takashi Iwai090015a2012-12-07 07:52:28 +01005784 static int snd_mychip_probe(struct pci_dev *pci,
5785 const struct pci_device_id *pci_id)
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005786 {
5787 ....
5788 struct snd_card *card;
5789 struct mychip *chip;
Takashi Iwaid4533792008-12-28 16:45:34 +01005790 int err;
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005791 ....
Takashi Iwai393aa9c2014-01-29 12:51:12 +01005792 err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE,
5793 sizeof(struct mychip), &card);
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005794 ....
5795 chip = card->private_data;
5796 ....
5797 }
5798]]>
5799 </programlisting>
5800 </informalexample>
5801
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005802 </para>
5803
5804 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005805 If you need a space to save the registers, allocate the
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005806 buffer for it here, too, since it would be fatal
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005807 if you cannot allocate a memory in the suspend phase.
5808 The allocated buffer should be released in the corresponding
5809 destructor.
5810 </para>
5811
5812 <para>
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005813 And next, set suspend/resume callbacks to the pci_driver.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005814
5815 <informalexample>
5816 <programlisting>
5817<![CDATA[
5818 static struct pci_driver driver = {
Takashi Iwaice1fd362011-06-14 08:54:14 +02005819 .name = KBUILD_MODNAME,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005820 .id_table = snd_my_ids,
5821 .probe = snd_my_probe,
Takashi Iwai090015a2012-12-07 07:52:28 +01005822 .remove = snd_my_remove,
Takashi Iwai5fe76e42005-11-17 17:26:09 +01005823 #ifdef CONFIG_PM
5824 .suspend = snd_my_suspend,
5825 .resume = snd_my_resume,
5826 #endif
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005827 };
5828]]>
5829 </programlisting>
5830 </informalexample>
5831 </para>
5832
5833 </chapter>
5834
5835
5836<!-- ****************************************************** -->
5837<!-- Module Parameters -->
5838<!-- ****************************************************** -->
5839 <chapter id="module-parameters">
5840 <title>Module Parameters</title>
5841 <para>
5842 There are standard module options for ALSA. At least, each
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005843 module should have the <parameter>index</parameter>,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005844 <parameter>id</parameter> and <parameter>enable</parameter>
5845 options.
5846 </para>
5847
5848 <para>
5849 If the module supports multiple cards (usually up to
5850 8 = <constant>SNDRV_CARDS</constant> cards), they should be
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005851 arrays. The default initial values are defined already as
5852 constants for easier programming:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005853
5854 <informalexample>
5855 <programlisting>
5856<![CDATA[
5857 static int index[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_IDX;
5858 static char *id[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_STR;
5859 static int enable[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_ENABLE_PNP;
5860]]>
5861 </programlisting>
5862 </informalexample>
5863 </para>
5864
5865 <para>
5866 If the module supports only a single card, they could be single
5867 variables, instead. <parameter>enable</parameter> option is not
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005868 always necessary in this case, but it would be better to have a
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005869 dummy option for compatibility.
5870 </para>
5871
5872 <para>
5873 The module parameters must be declared with the standard
5874 <function>module_param()()</function>,
5875 <function>module_param_array()()</function> and
5876 <function>MODULE_PARM_DESC()</function> macros.
5877 </para>
5878
5879 <para>
5880 The typical coding would be like below:
5881
5882 <informalexample>
5883 <programlisting>
5884<![CDATA[
5885 #define CARD_NAME "My Chip"
5886
5887 module_param_array(index, int, NULL, 0444);
5888 MODULE_PARM_DESC(index, "Index value for " CARD_NAME " soundcard.");
5889 module_param_array(id, charp, NULL, 0444);
5890 MODULE_PARM_DESC(id, "ID string for " CARD_NAME " soundcard.");
5891 module_param_array(enable, bool, NULL, 0444);
5892 MODULE_PARM_DESC(enable, "Enable " CARD_NAME " soundcard.");
5893]]>
5894 </programlisting>
5895 </informalexample>
5896 </para>
5897
5898 <para>
5899 Also, don't forget to define the module description, classes,
5900 license and devices. Especially, the recent modprobe requires to
5901 define the module license as GPL, etc., otherwise the system is
5902 shown as <quote>tainted</quote>.
5903
5904 <informalexample>
5905 <programlisting>
5906<![CDATA[
5907 MODULE_DESCRIPTION("My Chip");
5908 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
5909 MODULE_SUPPORTED_DEVICE("{{Vendor,My Chip Name}}");
5910]]>
5911 </programlisting>
5912 </informalexample>
5913 </para>
5914
5915 </chapter>
5916
5917
5918<!-- ****************************************************** -->
5919<!-- How To Put Your Driver -->
5920<!-- ****************************************************** -->
5921 <chapter id="how-to-put-your-driver">
5922 <title>How To Put Your Driver Into ALSA Tree</title>
5923 <section>
5924 <title>General</title>
5925 <para>
5926 So far, you've learned how to write the driver codes.
5927 And you might have a question now: how to put my own
5928 driver into the ALSA driver tree?
5929 Here (finally :) the standard procedure is described briefly.
5930 </para>
5931
5932 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005933 Suppose that you create a new PCI driver for the card
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005934 <quote>xyz</quote>. The card module name would be
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005935 snd-xyz. The new driver is usually put into the alsa-driver
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005936 tree, <filename>alsa-driver/pci</filename> directory in
5937 the case of PCI cards.
5938 Then the driver is evaluated, audited and tested
5939 by developers and users. After a certain time, the driver
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005940 will go to the alsa-kernel tree (to the corresponding directory,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005941 such as <filename>alsa-kernel/pci</filename>) and eventually
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005942 will be integrated into the Linux 2.6 tree (the directory would be
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005943 <filename>linux/sound/pci</filename>).
5944 </para>
5945
5946 <para>
5947 In the following sections, the driver code is supposed
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02005948 to be put into alsa-driver tree. The two cases are covered:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005949 a driver consisting of a single source file and one consisting
5950 of several source files.
5951 </para>
5952 </section>
5953
5954 <section>
5955 <title>Driver with A Single Source File</title>
5956 <para>
5957 <orderedlist>
5958 <listitem>
5959 <para>
5960 Modify alsa-driver/pci/Makefile
5961 </para>
5962
5963 <para>
5964 Suppose you have a file xyz.c. Add the following
5965 two lines
5966 <informalexample>
5967 <programlisting>
5968<![CDATA[
5969 snd-xyz-objs := xyz.o
5970 obj-$(CONFIG_SND_XYZ) += snd-xyz.o
5971]]>
5972 </programlisting>
5973 </informalexample>
5974 </para>
5975 </listitem>
5976
5977 <listitem>
5978 <para>
5979 Create the Kconfig entry
5980 </para>
5981
5982 <para>
5983 Add the new entry of Kconfig for your xyz driver.
5984 <informalexample>
5985 <programlisting>
5986<![CDATA[
5987 config SND_XYZ
5988 tristate "Foobar XYZ"
5989 depends on SND
5990 select SND_PCM
5991 help
5992 Say Y here to include support for Foobar XYZ soundcard.
5993
5994 To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the module
5995 will be called snd-xyz.
5996]]>
5997 </programlisting>
5998 </informalexample>
5999
6000 the line, select SND_PCM, specifies that the driver xyz supports
6001 PCM. In addition to SND_PCM, the following components are
6002 supported for select command:
6003 SND_RAWMIDI, SND_TIMER, SND_HWDEP, SND_MPU401_UART,
6004 SND_OPL3_LIB, SND_OPL4_LIB, SND_VX_LIB, SND_AC97_CODEC.
6005 Add the select command for each supported component.
6006 </para>
6007
6008 <para>
6009 Note that some selections imply the lowlevel selections.
6010 For example, PCM includes TIMER, MPU401_UART includes RAWMIDI,
6011 AC97_CODEC includes PCM, and OPL3_LIB includes HWDEP.
6012 You don't need to give the lowlevel selections again.
6013 </para>
6014
6015 <para>
6016 For the details of Kconfig script, refer to the kbuild
6017 documentation.
6018 </para>
6019
6020 </listitem>
6021
6022 <listitem>
6023 <para>
6024 Run cvscompile script to re-generate the configure script and
6025 build the whole stuff again.
6026 </para>
6027 </listitem>
6028 </orderedlist>
6029 </para>
6030 </section>
6031
6032 <section>
6033 <title>Drivers with Several Source Files</title>
6034 <para>
6035 Suppose that the driver snd-xyz have several source files.
6036 They are located in the new subdirectory,
6037 pci/xyz.
6038
6039 <orderedlist>
6040 <listitem>
6041 <para>
6042 Add a new directory (<filename>xyz</filename>) in
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02006043 <filename>alsa-driver/pci/Makefile</filename> as below
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07006044
6045 <informalexample>
6046 <programlisting>
6047<![CDATA[
6048 obj-$(CONFIG_SND) += xyz/
6049]]>
6050 </programlisting>
6051 </informalexample>
6052 </para>
6053 </listitem>
6054
6055 <listitem>
6056 <para>
6057 Under the directory <filename>xyz</filename>, create a Makefile
6058
6059 <example>
6060 <title>Sample Makefile for a driver xyz</title>
6061 <programlisting>
6062<![CDATA[
6063 ifndef SND_TOPDIR
6064 SND_TOPDIR=../..
6065 endif
6066
6067 include $(SND_TOPDIR)/toplevel.config
6068 include $(SND_TOPDIR)/Makefile.conf
6069
6070 snd-xyz-objs := xyz.o abc.o def.o
6071
6072 obj-$(CONFIG_SND_XYZ) += snd-xyz.o
6073
6074 include $(SND_TOPDIR)/Rules.make
6075]]>
6076 </programlisting>
6077 </example>
6078 </para>
6079 </listitem>
6080
6081 <listitem>
6082 <para>
6083 Create the Kconfig entry
6084 </para>
6085
6086 <para>
6087 This procedure is as same as in the last section.
6088 </para>
6089 </listitem>
6090
6091 <listitem>
6092 <para>
6093 Run cvscompile script to re-generate the configure script and
6094 build the whole stuff again.
6095 </para>
6096 </listitem>
6097 </orderedlist>
6098 </para>
6099 </section>
6100
6101 </chapter>
6102
6103<!-- ****************************************************** -->
6104<!-- Useful Functions -->
6105<!-- ****************************************************** -->
6106 <chapter id="useful-functions">
6107 <title>Useful Functions</title>
6108
6109 <section id="useful-functions-snd-printk">
6110 <title><function>snd_printk()</function> and friends</title>
6111 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02006112 ALSA provides a verbose version of the
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07006113 <function>printk()</function> function. If a kernel config
6114 <constant>CONFIG_SND_VERBOSE_PRINTK</constant> is set, this
6115 function prints the given message together with the file name
6116 and the line of the caller. The <constant>KERN_XXX</constant>
6117 prefix is processed as
6118 well as the original <function>printk()</function> does, so it's
6119 recommended to add this prefix, e.g.
6120
6121 <informalexample>
6122 <programlisting>
6123<![CDATA[
6124 snd_printk(KERN_ERR "Oh my, sorry, it's extremely bad!\n");
6125]]>
6126 </programlisting>
6127 </informalexample>
6128 </para>
6129
6130 <para>
6131 There are also <function>printk()</function>'s for
6132 debugging. <function>snd_printd()</function> can be used for
6133 general debugging purposes. If
6134 <constant>CONFIG_SND_DEBUG</constant> is set, this function is
6135 compiled, and works just like
6136 <function>snd_printk()</function>. If the ALSA is compiled
6137 without the debugging flag, it's ignored.
6138 </para>
6139
6140 <para>
6141 <function>snd_printdd()</function> is compiled in only when
Takashi Iwai62cf8722008-05-20 12:15:15 +02006142 <constant>CONFIG_SND_DEBUG_VERBOSE</constant> is set. Please note
6143 that <constant>CONFIG_SND_DEBUG_VERBOSE</constant> is not set as default
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07006144 even if you configure the alsa-driver with
6145 <option>--with-debug=full</option> option. You need to give
6146 explicitly <option>--with-debug=detect</option> option instead.
6147 </para>
6148 </section>
6149
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07006150 <section id="useful-functions-snd-bug">
6151 <title><function>snd_BUG()</function></title>
6152 <para>
Michael Opdenacker3f03f7c2007-10-24 10:59:44 +02006153 It shows the <computeroutput>BUG?</computeroutput> message and
Takashi Iwai7cc6dff2008-08-08 17:14:55 +02006154 stack trace as well as <function>snd_BUG_ON</function> at the point.
Takashi Iwai7c22f1a2005-10-10 11:46:31 +02006155 It's useful to show that a fatal error happens there.
6156 </para>
6157 <para>
6158 When no debug flag is set, this macro is ignored.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07006159 </para>
6160 </section>
Takashi Iwai5ef03462008-08-08 17:06:01 +02006161
6162 <section id="useful-functions-snd-bug-on">
6163 <title><function>snd_BUG_ON()</function></title>
6164 <para>
6165 <function>snd_BUG_ON()</function> macro is similar with
6166 <function>WARN_ON()</function> macro. For example,
6167
6168 <informalexample>
6169 <programlisting>
6170<![CDATA[
6171 snd_BUG_ON(!pointer);
6172]]>
6173 </programlisting>
6174 </informalexample>
6175
6176 or it can be used as the condition,
6177 <informalexample>
6178 <programlisting>
6179<![CDATA[
6180 if (snd_BUG_ON(non_zero_is_bug))
6181 return -EINVAL;
6182]]>
6183 </programlisting>
6184 </informalexample>
6185
6186 </para>
6187
6188 <para>
6189 The macro takes an conditional expression to evaluate.
Christine Spangd5702162013-03-04 17:02:59 -05006190 When <constant>CONFIG_SND_DEBUG</constant>, is set, if the
6191 expression is non-zero, it shows the warning message such as
Takashi Iwai5ef03462008-08-08 17:06:01 +02006192 <computeroutput>BUG? (xxx)</computeroutput>
Christine Spangd5702162013-03-04 17:02:59 -05006193 normally followed by stack trace.
6194
6195 In both cases it returns the evaluated value.
Takashi Iwai5ef03462008-08-08 17:06:01 +02006196 </para>
6197
6198 </section>
6199
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07006200 </chapter>
6201
6202
6203<!-- ****************************************************** -->
6204<!-- Acknowledgments -->
6205<!-- ****************************************************** -->
Nicolas Kaiser5bda9fa2007-01-22 14:54:33 +01006206 <chapter id="acknowledgments">
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07006207 <title>Acknowledgments</title>
6208 <para>
6209 I would like to thank Phil Kerr for his help for improvement and
6210 corrections of this document.
6211 </para>
6212 <para>
6213 Kevin Conder reformatted the original plain-text to the
6214 DocBook format.
6215 </para>
6216 <para>
6217 Giuliano Pochini corrected typos and contributed the example codes
6218 in the hardware constraints section.
6219 </para>
6220 </chapter>
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07006221</book>